S-1 1 a2170076zs-1.htm S-1
QuickLinks -- Click here to rapidly navigate through this document

As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on May 12, 2006.

Registration No. 333-          



SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
Washington, D.C. 20549


Form S-1
REGISTRATION STATEMENT
UNDER
THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933


STANLEY, INC.
(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

Delaware
(State or other jurisdiction of
incorporation or organization)
  8711
(Primary Standard Industrial
Classification Code Number)
  11-3658790
(I.R.S. Employer
Identification Number)

3101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 700 Arlington, VA 22201
(703) 684-1125
(Address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of registrant's principal executive offices)

Philip O. Nolan
President and Chief Executive Officer
Stanley, Inc.
3101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 700
Arlington, VA 22201
(703) 684-1125
Fax: (703) 682-1547
(Name and address, including zip code, and telephone number, including area code, of agent for service)




Copies to:
Stephen L. Burns
Andrew J. Pitts
Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP
825 Eighth Avenue
New York, New York 10019
(212) 474-1000
Fax: (212) 474-3700
  Michael J. Schiavone
Shearman & Sterling LLP
599 Lexington Avenue
New York, New York 10022
(212) 848-4000
Fax: (212) 848-7179

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public:
As soon as practicable after the effective date of this Registration Statement.


        If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box. o

        If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o

        If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering. o


CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE


Title of Each Class of
Securities to be Registered

  Proposed Maximum
Aggregate
Offering Price(1)(2)

  Amount of
Registration Fee


Common Stock, $0.01 par value per share   $130,000,000   $13,910.00

(1)
Includes shares to be sold upon exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option. See "Underwriting".

(2)
Estimated solely for the purposes of calculating the registration fee pursuant to Rule 457(o) of Regulation C under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.


        The Registrant hereby amends this Registration Statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the Registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this Registration Statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with Section 8(a) of the Securities Act of 1933 or until this Registration Statement shall become effective on such date as the Commission, acting pursuant to said Section 8(a), may determine.




The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We and the selling stockholders may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer or sale is not permitted.

SUBJECT TO COMPLETION, DATED MAY 12, 2006

P R O S P E C T U S

LOGO

                    Shares

Stanley, Inc.

Common Stock
$       per share


        We are selling                  shares of our common stock and the selling stockholders named in this prospectus are selling                   shares. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares by the selling stockholders. The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters an option to purchase up to                   additional shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

        This is the initial public offering of our common stock. We currently expect the initial public offering price to be between $          and $          per share. We will apply to have the common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "        ".


        Investing in our common stock involves risks. See "Risk Factors" beginning on page 8.

        Neither the Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.


 
  Per Share
  Total
Public Offering Price   $     $  
Underwriting Discount   $     $  
Proceeds to Stanley (before expenses)   $     $  
Proceeds to the selling stockholders (before expenses)   $     $  

        The underwriters expect to deliver the shares to purchasers on or about                        , 2006.


Sole Book-Runner    
Citigroup   Wachovia Securities

Raymond James

Cowen and Company

Stifel Nicolaus

                        , 2006


        You should rely only on the information contained in this prospectus or to which we have referred you, including any free writing prospectus that we file with the Securities and Exchange Commission relating to this prospectus. We have not authorized anyone to provide you with different information. We are not making an offer of these securities in any jurisdiction where the offer is not permitted. You should not assume that the information contained in this prospectus is accurate as of any date other than the date on the front of this prospectus.



TABLE OF CONTENTS

 
  Page
Summary   1
Risk Factors   8
Forward-Looking Statements   24
Industry and Market Data   24
Use of Proceeds   25
Dividend Policy   25
Capitalization   26
Dilution   28
Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data   30
Selected Historical Financial Data   36
Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations   37
Business   52
Government Contracting and Regulations   69
Management   72
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions   86
Principal and Selling Stockholders   87
Description of Capital Stock   90
Description of Certain Indebtedness   93
Shares Eligible for Future Sale   95
Material United States Federal Income and Estate Tax Consequences for Non-U.S. Stockholders   97
Underwriting   100
Legal Matters   104
Experts   104
Where You Can Find More Information   104
Index to Financial Statements   F-1

        Until                , 2006 (25 days after the date of this prospectus), all dealers that buy, sell or trade our common stock, whether or not participating in this offering, may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealers' obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.



SUMMARY

        The following is a summary of some of the information contained in this prospectus, and it may not contain all the information that is important to you. You should read the entire prospectus carefully, especially "Risk Factors" and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus.

        In February 2006, we acquired Morgan Research Corporation, or Morgan, a privately-held information technology company providing specialized engineering and technology services to the federal government. Our pro forma financial information included in this prospectus gives effect to the acquisition and the related financing transactions as if they had occurred on April 1, 2004, for statement of income purposes and December 31, 2005, for balance sheet purposes, as further described in "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data". Our fiscal year ends on March 31.


Our Company

        We provide information technology services and solutions to U.S. defense and federal civilian government agencies. We offer our customers solutions and expertise to support their mission-essential needs at any stage of program, product development or business lifecycle through five services areas: systems engineering, enterprise integration, operational logistics, business process outsourcing and advanced engineering and technology. As a system integrator, we apply these five service areas to enable our customers to achieve interoperability between different business processes and information technology systems.

        We were founded in 1966 and have established long-standing, successful relationships with our federal government customers. We currently have 194 active contractual engagements across 30 federal government agencies. Our customers include the Department of Defense (including all major agencies within the Department of Defense), the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Justice, the Department of State, the Department of Transportation, the Department of the Treasury and NASA.

        For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, or fiscal 2005, we derived approximately 70% of our revenues from the Department of Defense, including agencies within the intelligence community, and approximately 30% of our revenues from federal civilian government agencies. We acted as the prime contractor on contractual engagements that provided approximately 83% of our revenues for fiscal 2005. In February 2006 we completed the acquisition of Morgan, which provides us with access to new customers and enables us to offer an expanded suite of services to our customers.

        From fiscal year ended March 31, 1996, through fiscal 2005, we increased our revenues at a compound annual growth rate of 34.6%, and we have been profitable in every year during that period. Our revenues for fiscal 2005 were $282.5 million. Our actual revenues and our revenues after giving pro forma effect to our acquisition of Morgan, for the nine months ended December 31, 2005, were $200.6 million and $251.7 million, respectively.

        We believe that we derive our revenue growth in large part from the strength of our approach to customer account management, our technical expertise and our past performance. Over the 24 month period ended April 30, 2006, we have won 100% of competitively awarded contracts on which we were the incumbent. For the twelve months ended April 30, 2006, we achieved an overall win rate, including the incumbent contracts referred to above, of approximately 64%. For a discussion of how we calculate our win rate, see "Business—Business Development".

        We have an experienced senior management team and a high quality staff of approximately 2,300 employees. We emphasize three essential attributes—a commitment to strong partnerships, integrity in all dealings and results for our clients—in order to develop long-term relationships with our customers and achieve the highest quality workforce in our industry. Additionally, our management team and our

1



employees have a personal stake in our continued growth and success, as prior to this offering they owned substantially all of, and following this offering they will continue to own a significant portion of, our common stock.


Our Market Opportunity

        The federal government is the largest purchaser of information technology services and solutions in the United States. Information technology accounts for a significant portion of the federal government's spending, and, according to INPUT, an independent federal government market research firm, federal government information technology spending is expected to grow from $75.4 billion in federal fiscal year 2005 to $93.4 billion in federal fiscal year 2011. Of the total information technology spending, INPUT forecasts that the contracted-out portion will grow from $63.3 billion in federal fiscal year 2006 to $80.5 billion in federal fiscal year 2011. Information technology professional services and outsourcing, which are the primary components of our systems integration services, are expected by INPUT to be among the fastest growing segments of the federal information technology market in the next five years.

        We believe that over the next several years the continued increase in the federal government's demand for information technology services and solutions will be primarily driven by the following factors:

    Increased spending on national defense, intelligence and homeland security;

    Demand for greater government efficiency and effectiveness;

    Increased federal government reliance on outsourcing; and

    Increased emphasis on defense system sustainment and modernization.


Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we are distinguished by the following key competitive strengths:

Strong Presence in Key Strategic Areas and Deep Knowledge of Our Diverse Customer Base

        We provide services in areas that we believe are a high priority for the federal government, such as defense transformation, homeland security and the Global War on Terror, and we believe that our extensive experience with our customers provides us with significant insight into their missions and needs. We have served customers that provided over 90% of our revenues for fiscal 2005 for an average of approximately twelve years, and currently have contractual engagements across 30 federal government agencies.

Outstanding Record of Past Performance Fueling Growth

        In 2005, we were chosen as the Mid-Size Contractor of the Year at the Greater Washington Government Contractor Awards. Our past performance, combined with our technical expertise, has enabled us to achieve 14 consecutive years of revenue growth and profitability.

Experienced Management Team and Highly-Skilled Workforce

        Our senior management team has an average tenure with our company of more than twelve years and includes a core group of senior executives who have built our company over the course of the past two decades. A majority of our senior management team, including our chief executive officer, have served in the U.S. armed forces, and this experience has provided us with significant knowledge of these organizations. As of March 31, 2006, approximately 53% of our employees held Secret or Top Secret clearances, which are necessary to work on classified contracts.

2



Proven Business Development Infrastructure

        We have developed systems and processes modeled after industry best practices to successfully market, develop, acquire and expand contracts with the federal government. As a result, for the twelve months ended April 30, 2006, we achieved an overall win rate, including bids where we were the incumbent contractor, of approximately 64%.

Proven Track Record of Acquisitions and Integration

        We have disciplined acquisition processes for identifying, acquiring and integrating target companies and successfully growing these businesses post-acquisition. Our disciplined approach to acquisitions also ensures that we align not only the systems of a target company but also its culture in order to retain and expand both our customer and employee bases.

Commitment to Corporate Culture

        We have a culture focused on long-term relationships with our customers. We believe we have been successful in developing a culture that focuses on developing our employees throughout their career and promoting them within our organization. We reinforce our core principles regularly in our recruiting process, training programs, proposals, company meetings and internal communications.

Corporate Infrastructure Positioned for Growth

        During the past several years we have made significant investments in our corporate infrastructure in anticipation of future growth. We believe that our management experience and corporate infrastructure are indicative of a company with much larger revenues than ours, and we anticipate that as our business expands we will leverage this infrastructure to increase our operating margins and capitalize on operational efficiencies.


Our Strategy

        Our strategy is to continue to profitably grow our business as a provider of information technology services and solutions to the federal government and to focus on our strength as a systems integrator providing lifecycle solutions to our customers. Key elements of our strategy include:

Focusing on Opportunities to Support Mission-Essential Programs as a Prime Contractor

        We have a proud heritage of providing mission-essential support for federal government customers as a prime contractor, and as a result we have developed specialized expertise in the systems, business processes and requirements of our clients. As a result, we have developed a deep functional understanding of our customers' requirements and missions, which places us in a strong position to win future prime contractor engagements.

Cross-Selling Services and Expanding Customer Presence

        We will continue our practice of cross-selling services to expand the breadth and depth of our customer engagements and create opportunities to provide additional solutions to our customers. We will continue to utilize our centralized account management process to enhance our understanding of our customers' needs and generate new sales and internal growth.

Expanding Our Customer and Contract Base

        We intend to aggressively pursue task orders under government multiple award schedule contracts on which we are a prime contractor in order to maximize our revenue and strengthen our customer

3



relationships. We also intend to expand our contract base into areas with significant growth opportunities by leveraging our industry reputation and long-term client relationships.

Being an Employer of Choice and Developing Top Talent

        To ensure that we have future leadership, we will continue to develop our managerial workforce at the task, project, program and executive level through ongoing company-sponsored training and development programs. In addition, we intend to continue to attract and retain skilled professionals, including managers, engineers, analysts, programmers, technicians and support specialists, in order to ensure that we are able to meet our customers' needs.

Pursuing Strategic Acquisitions

        We will continue to pursue strategic acquisitions that complement and broaden our existing client base, increase our presence in strategic geographic markets, expand our capabilities as a systems integrator and provide access to prime contract vehicles.


Government Contracting

        The federal government contracting process differs in many ways from commercial contracting. For information on the federal government contracting process and associated risks, see "Government Contracting and Regulations" and "Risk Factors".


        We were founded in 1966 and incorporated in 1968 under the laws of the District of Columbia. In 2002, we reincorporated under the laws of the State of Delaware. Our principal executive offices are located at 3101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 700, Arlington, VA 22201. Our telephone number is (703) 684-1125. Our internet address is http://www.stanleyassociates.com. The information contained on or accessible from our website does not constitute a part of this prospectus and is not incorporated by reference herein.

4



The Offering

Common stock offered by us           shares

Common stock offered by the selling stockholders

 

        shares (        shares if the underwriters exercise in full their option to purchase            additional shares)

Common stock to be outstanding after this offering

 

        shares

Over-allotment option

 

The selling stockholders have granted the underwriters a 30-day option to purchase up to an additional          shares of common stock to cover over-allotments.

Use of proceeds

 

We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay all indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit facility and the remainder, if any, for working capital and other general corporate purposes. See "Use of Proceeds".

New York Stock Exchange symbol

 

 

        The number of shares of common stock to be outstanding after this offering is based on            shares of our common stock outstanding as of                        , 2006, plus             shares offered by us in this offering, and:

    gives effect to a            -for-one split of our common stock that will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering; and

    excludes                        shares issuable upon the exercise of stock options outstanding as of            , 2006, which had a weighted average exercise price of $            per share and      of which will be vested upon consummation of the offering.


        You should carefully read and consider the information set forth under "Risk Factors" and all other information set forth in this prospectus before investing in our common stock.

5



Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data

        The table below provides a summary of our historical and pro forma as adjusted consolidated financial data. We derived the historical statement of income data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, and the historical balance sheet data as of March 31, 2004 and 2005, from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. The historical balance sheet data as of March 31, 2003, were derived from our audited consolidated financial statements for that year, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the historical statement of income data for the nine months ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, and the historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We derived the historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements for that period, which are not included in this prospectus. Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in all material respects. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period.

        The unaudited pro forma as adjusted statement of income data for the nine months ended December 31, 2005, and the pro forma as adjusted balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, give effect to:

    the acquisition of Morgan and the related financing transactions;

    the sale by us of            shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                        , which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus (including the payment of underwriting discounts and commissions and estimated offering expenses); and

    the application of the net proceeds received by us from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds",

in each case, as if these transactions had occurred on April 1, 2004, for statement of income purposes and December 31, 2005, for balance sheet purposes.

        The pro forma financial data are unaudited and are not necessarily indicative of what our financial position or results of operations would have been had these transactions been completed as of the date indicated. Furthermore, the pro forma financial data do not purport to represent what our financial position or results of operations might be for any future period. For additional information on the pro forma adjustments, see "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data".

        You should read this summary financial data together with "Use of Proceeds", "Capitalization", "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data", "Selected Historical Financial Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus.

6


 
   
   
   
  Nine Months Ended
December 31,

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted
Nine Months Ended
December 31,
2005

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2004
  2005
 
  (in thousands, except share data)

Statement of income data:                                    
Revenues   $ 143,488   $ 178,741   $ 282,456   $ 214,502   $ 200,622   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating costs and expenses:                                    
  Cost of revenues     125,515     156,584     250,110     191,166     174,162      
  Selling, general and administrative     7,768     7,819     10,411     6,553     9,246      
  Depreciation and amortization     1,215     1,573     2,699     2,043     2,411      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     8,990     12,765     19,236     14,740     14,803      
   
 
 
 
 
 
Other income (expense):                                    
  Other income         8     2     2     29      
Interest expense, net     (117 )   (261 )   (822 )   (794 )   (1,166 )    
Income before taxes     8,873     12,512     18,416     13,948     13,666      
Provision for income taxes     (3,437 )   (4,378 )   (7,184 )   (5,409 )   (5,435 )    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 5,436   $ 8,134   $ 11,232   $ 8,539   $ 8,231   $         
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share(1):                                    
  Basic   $     $     $     $     $     $  
  Diluted   $     $     $     $     $     $  
Weighted average shares(1):                                    
  Basic                                    
  Diluted                                    

Balance sheet data (at period end):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
Cash and cash equivalents(2)   $   $   $   $   $      
Working capital     10,006     4,411     13,085     13,813     16,964      
Total assets     49,677     86,848     93,558     91,084     103,742      
Total long-term liabilities     2,684     10,517     9,367     11,228     9,456      
Stockholders' equity     17,796     25,094     34,567     32,612     40,788      

(1)
Earnings per share and weighted average shares are calculated after giving effect to the    -for-one stock split.

(2)
The company historically has not maintained a cash balance, but has applied all of its operating cash flow to reduce indebtedness under outstanding lines of credit.

7



RISK FACTORS

        You should carefully consider the following risks and other information in this prospectus before deciding to invest in shares of our common stock. Any of the risks described below could materially adversely affect our business, financial condition and operating results. In this event, the trading price of our common stock could decline and you could lose part or all of your investment in our common stock.

Risks Related to Our Business

We depend on contracts with federal government agencies for substantially all of our revenues. If our relationships with these agencies were harmed, our revenues and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

        Revenues from federal government contracts, either as a prime contractor or as a subcontractor, accounted for 99.9% of our revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. We believe that federal government contracts will continue to be the source of substantially all of our revenues for the foreseeable future. For this reason, any issue that compromises our relationship with agencies of the federal government in general, or with the Department of Defense or Department of State in particular, would cause serious harm to our business. Among the key factors in maintaining our relationships with federal government agency customers are our performance on individual contracts and task orders, the strength of our professional reputation and the relationships of our key executives with customer personnel. To the extent that our performance does not meet customer expectations, or our reputation or relationships with one or more key customers are impaired, our revenues and operating results could be materially adversely affected.

A substantial percentage of our revenues results from contracts with the Department of Defense. If the Department of Defense budget declines, our revenues and operating results could be adversely affected.

        Revenues earned from contracts with the Department of Defense, including from subcontracts having the Department of Defense as the ultimate purchaser, represented approximately 70% of our revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. In the past, the U.S. defense budget has declined from time to time, resulting in a slowing of new program starts, program delays and program cancellations. These reductions may cause defense-related government contractors to experience declining revenues, increased pressure on operating margins and, in some cases, net losses. Current federal government spending levels on defense-related programs are in part related to the U.S. military operations in Afghanistan and Iraq and may not be sustainable, including as a result of changes in government leadership, policies or priorities. Future levels of expenditures and authorizations for defense-related programs may decrease or shift to programs in areas where we do not provide services. Any such decline or shift in defense-related expenditures could harm our revenues and operating results.

Our revenues may decline materially if the Department of State does not exercise its final renewal option on our passport processing services contract in September 2006, if we are unable to obtain a new award of the contract in September 2007 or if we are unable to renew any of our other significant contracts.

        We earn a significant portion of our revenues from the provision of passport processing and support services to the Department of State. Revenues from these services were approximately 15% of our revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. The fixed initial term of our contract with the Department of State for the provision of passport processing and support services has expired, and we are currently performing these services pursuant to the Department of State's exercise of a one-year renewal option that expires in September 2006, at which time the Department of State has a final one-year renewal option that it may exercise. The Department of State may not exercise its remaining one-year renewal option or, if it does exercise the option, may not award us a new contract upon the

8



expiration of the current contract in September 2007. We currently expect the Department of State to subject this contract to recompetition before awarding a new contract. Our revenues may decline materially if we are unable to obtain a renewal of this contract or any of our other significant contracts.

We may not realize the full value of our backlog.

        Our total backlog represents the amount of revenues we expect to realize over the remaining base contract performance period and from the exercise of all option periods that we reasonably believe will be exercised, in each case from signed contracts in existence as of the measurement date. We do not include contract ceilings for GWAC or ID/IQ contracts in our backlog calculation. Congress typically appropriates funds for our federal government customers on an annual basis, even though their contracts with us may call for performance that is expected to take a number of years. As a result, contracts typically are only partially funded at any point during their term, and all or some of the work to be performed under the contracts may remain unfunded unless and until Congress makes subsequent appropriations and the procuring agency allocates funding to the contract.

        We may never realize some of the revenues that are included in our total backlog, and there is a higher degree of risk in this regard with respect to unfunded backlog. In addition, there can be no assurance that our backlog will result in actual revenues in any particular period. This is because the actual receipt, timing and amount of revenues under contracts included in backlog are subject to various contingencies, many of which are beyond our control. For example, the actual receipt of revenues from contracts included in backlog may never occur or may be delayed because a program schedule could change or the program could be canceled, or a contract could be reduced, modified or terminated early, including as a result of a lack of appropriated funds. In addition, the fact that our backlog may translate into revenue does not guarantee that the contracts will be profitable.

Loss of our position as a qualified contractor under one or more GSA schedules, or as a prime contractor on one or more of our contracts, would impair our operating results and our ability to win new business.

        In recent years, the federal government has increasingly relied on GSA schedules and multi-award ID/IQ contracts for its procurement needs. When using GSA schedules and multi-award ID/IQ contracts, a procuring officer chooses providers from a pre-selected group of contractors, and contractors that are not part of the group generally will not be notified of, and will not be able to compete for, these contracts or task orders. Accordingly, our ability to maintain our existing business and win new business depends on our ability to maintain our position as a GSA schedule contractor and a prime contractor on multi-award ID/IQ contracts.

        If we were to lose any of our GSA schedules or our prime contractor position on any of our contracts, we could lose revenues, and our ability to win new business and our operating results could be adversely affected. Similarly, unless we are successful in expanding our GSA schedule presence and our base of multi-award ID/IQ contracts, our ability to grow our business may be hindered.

Most of our revenues are earned from contracts with limited initial terms. We may expend significant resources in connection with these contracts that we may not recover if our customers do not exercise their contract extension options.

        Our contracts typically have a one or two year initial term, with multiple options that are exercisable by our government customers to extend the contract for one or more additional years. We cannot assure you that our customers will exercise any of their extension options. Moreover, because we believe that our contracts with limited initial terms represent the early portion of longer customer programs, we expend significant financial and personnel resources and expand our operations to be able to fulfill these programs beyond the initial contract term. If a significant number of our contracts

9



are not extended beyond their initial terms, we may be unable to recover the costs we incurred, we would not recognize anticipated revenues and our operating results would be harmed.

The loss of one or more members of our senior management team could impair our relationships with government customers and our ability to compete and could disrupt the management of our business.

        We believe that our success depends on the continued contributions of the members of our senior management team. Our senior management team has extensive industry experience, and the relationships and reputation that members of our senior management team have established and maintain with government personnel contribute to our ability to maintain good customer relations and to identify new business opportunities. The loss of the services of one or more of our senior executives could impair our ability to identify and secure new contracts, to maintain good customer relations and to otherwise manage our business, any of which could have a material adverse effect on our business and operating results. We have not entered into employment or non-competition agreements with any members of our senior management.

If we fail to attract and retain skilled employees, we might not be able to perform under our contracts and our ability to maintain and grow our business could be limited.

        The growth of our business and revenues depends in large part upon our ability to attract and retain sufficient numbers of highly qualified individuals who have advanced information technology skills and appropriate security clearances, and who work well with our defense and federal civilian government customers. Competition for such personnel is intense, and recruiting, training and retention costs place significant demands on our resources. If we are unable to recruit and retain a sufficient number of qualified employees, our ability to maintain and grow our business could be limited. Furthermore, we could be required to engage larger numbers of contracted personnel, which could reduce our profit margins. In addition, many of our professional personnel may have specific knowledge of and experience with our federal government customers' operations, and we obtain some of our contracts based on that knowledge and experience. The loss of services of key personnel could impair our ability to perform required services under some of our contracts and to retain such contracts, as well as our ability to win new business.

We face intense competition from many competitors that have greater resources than we do, which could result in price reductions, reduced profitability and loss of market share.

        We operate in highly competitive markets and generally encounter intense competition to win contracts and task orders. For example, we must often discount our GSA schedule rates in order to secure contracts from many of our customers in competitive situations. Many of our competitors have greater financial, technical, marketing and public relations resources, larger customer bases and greater brand or name recognition than we do. We expect that the number of such competitors will grow through industry consolidation and the increasing participation in the federal government services market by traditional consulting and outsourcing providers and hardware and software manufacturers that seek to increase their service offerings. These competitors could, among other things:

    divert sales from us by winning very large-scale government contracts due to different or greater technical capabilities, past performance on large-scale contracts, geographic presence, price and the availability of key professional personnel;

    force us to charge lower prices in order to win or maintain contracts;

    adversely affect our relationships; and

    seek to hire our employees.

10


If we lose business to our competitors or are forced to lower our prices, our revenues and our operating profits could decline and we could suffer a loss of market share.

        In addition, we may face competition from our subcontractors who, from time to time, seek to obtain prime contractor status on contracts for which they currently serve as a subcontractor for us. If one or more of our current subcontractors are awarded prime contractor status on such contracts in the future, it would divert sales from us and could force us to charge lower prices in order to ensure that we retain our prime contractor status.

We derive substantially all of our revenues from contracts awarded through competitive procurement processes, which can impose substantial costs upon us and negatively impact our operating results.

        We derive substantially all of our revenues from federal government contracts that are awarded through competitive procurement processes. Competitive procurement imposes substantial costs and presents a number of risks to us, including:

    the need to bid on engagements in advance of knowing the complete design or full requirements, which may result in unforeseen difficulties in executing the engagement and cost overruns;

    the substantial cost and managerial time and effort that we spend to prepare bids and proposals for contracts that may not be awarded to us and schedules that may not be used;

    the expense and delay that we may face if our competitors protest or challenge contract awards made to us pursuant to competitive procedures, and the risk that any such protest or challenge could result in the resubmission of offers, or in termination, reduction or modification of the awarded contract; and

    the opportunity cost of not bidding on and winning other contracts we might have otherwise pursued.

        The costs we incur in the competitive procurement process may be substantial, and, to the extent we participate in competitive procurements and are unable to win particular contracts, these costs could negatively affect our operating results. In addition, GSA schedule contracts, GWACs, blanket purchase agreements and other ID/IQ contracts do not guarantee more than a minimal amount of work for us, but instead provide us access to work generally through further competitive procedures. The increasing reliance by the federal government on GSA schedules, GWACs and other multi-award ID/IQ contracts for its procurement needs has led to increased competition and pricing pressure, requiring that we make sustained post-award efforts to realize revenues under such contracts.

We may lose money on some contracts if we miscalculate the resources we need to perform under the contract.

        We provide services to the federal government under contracts with three basic types of price structure: cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials and fixed-price. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, we derived approximately 60%, 11% and 29% of revenues from cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials and fixed-price contracts, respectively. Each of these types of contracts, to varying degrees, involves the risk that we underestimate our cost of fulfilling the contract, and we occasionally have suffered in the past, and may suffer in the future, reduced profits or financial losses on our contracts, thereby adversely affecting our operating results. This risk is greater for fixed-price contracts, where we bear the full impact of cost overruns, and an increase of fixed-price contracts in our contract mix would increase our exposure to this risk.

11



Our margins and operating results may suffer if we experience unfavorable changes in the proportion of cost-plus-fee or fixed-price contracts in our total contract mix.

        Although fixed-price contracts entail a greater risk of a reduced profit or financial loss on a contract compared to other types of contracts we enter into, fixed-price contracts typically provide higher profit opportunities because we receive the benefit of cost savings. In contrast, cost-plus-fee contracts are subject to statutory limits on profit margins, and generally are the least profitable of our contract types. Our federal government customers typically determine what type of contract we enter into. Cost-plus-fee and fixed-price contracts accounted for approximately 60% and 29%, respectively, of our revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. To the extent that we enter into more cost-plus-fee or less fixed-price contracts in proportion to our total contract mix in the future, our margins and operating results may suffer.

Our cash flow and profitability could be negatively affected if expenditures are incurred prior to the final receipt of a contract.

        We provide various professional services and sometimes procure equipment and materials on behalf of our federal government customers under various contractual arrangements. From time to time, in order to ensure that we satisfy our customers' delivery requirements and schedules, we may elect to initiate procurement in advance of receiving final authorization from the government customer or a prime contractor. If our government or prime contractor customers' requirements should change or if the government or the prime contractor should direct the anticipated procurement to a contractor other than us or if the equipment or materials become obsolete or require modification before we are under contract for the procurement, our investment in the equipment or materials might be at risk if we cannot efficiently resell them. This could reduce anticipated earnings or result in a loss, negatively affecting our cash flow and profitability.

Failure to maintain strong relationships with other contractors could result in a decline in our revenues.

        We estimate that revenues derived from contracts in which we acted as a subcontractor to other companies represented approximately 17% of our revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. As a subcontractor, we often lack control over fulfillment of a contract, and poor performance on the contract could tarnish our reputation, even when we perform as required. As a prime contractor, we often rely on other companies to perform some of the work under a contract. We expect to continue to depend on relationships with other contractors for portions of our delivery of services and revenues in the foreseeable future. Our business, prospects, financial condition and operating results could be adversely affected if other contractors eliminate or reduce their subcontract relationships with us, whether because they choose to establish relationships with our competitors or because they choose to directly offer services that compete with our business, or if the government terminates or reduces other prime contractors' programs or does not award them new contracts.

If our subcontractors fail to perform their contractual obligations, our performance and reputation as a prime contractor and our ability to obtain future business could suffer.

        As a prime contractor, we often rely significantly upon other companies as subcontractors to perform work we are obligated to perform for our customers. We estimate that revenues derived from work performed by our subcontractors represented approximately 29% of our revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005. If one or more of our subcontractors fail to perform satisfactorily the agreed-upon services on a timely basis, or violate government contracting policies, laws, or regulations, our ability to perform our obligations or meet our customers' expectations as a prime contractor may be compromised. In some cases, we have limited involvement in the work performed by the subcontractors but are nevertheless responsible for the work performed. In extreme cases, performance or other deficiencies on the part of our subcontractors could result in a customer terminating our contract for default. A default termination could expose us to liability for the agency's costs of reprocurement, damage our reputation and hurt our ability to compete for future contracts and task orders.

12


Unfavorable government audit results could subject us to a variety of penalties and sanctions, and could harm our reputation and relationships with our customers.

        The federal government audits and reviews our performance on contracts, pricing practices, cost structure and compliance with applicable laws, regulations and standards. Like most large government contractors, our contracts are audited and reviewed on a continual basis by federal agencies, including the Defense Contract Audit Agency, or the DCAA. An unfavorable audit of us, including any companies we have acquired or may acquire, or any of our subcontractors could have a substantial adverse effect on our operating results. For example, any costs that were previously reimbursed could subsequently be disallowed. In this case, cash we have already collected may need to be refunded and future operating margins may be reduced.

        Our incurred cost submissions have been audited by the DCAA through March 31, 2003, for Stanley, CCI, Incorporated, or CCI, and GCI Information Services, Inc., or GCI, and through December 31, 2002, for Fuentez Systems Concepts, Inc., or FSC, and Morgan. Costs for which Stanley, CCI and GCI were reimbursed after March 31, 2003, and costs for which FSC and Morgan were reimbursed after December 31, 2002, may be subsequently disallowed upon the completion of future audits. In addition, non-audit reviews by the U.S. government may still be conducted on all of our government contracts.

        If a government audit uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and suspension or debarment from doing business with government agencies. In addition, we could suffer serious harm to our reputation if allegations of impropriety were made against us, whether or not true.

If we experience systems or services failures, our reputation could be harmed and our customers could assert claims against us for damages or refunds.

        We create, implement and maintain information technology and engineering systems, and provide services, that are often critical to our customers' operations, some of which involve classified or other sensitive information, and may be conducted in war-zones or other hazardous environments. We have experienced and may in the future experience some systems or services failures, schedule or delivery delays, and other problems in connection with our work. If our solutions, services, products, including third-party products we may resell to our customers, or other applications have significant defects or errors, are subject to delivery delays or fail to meet our customers' expectations, we may:

    lose revenues due to adverse customer reactions;

    be required to provide additional services to customers at no charge;

    receive negative publicity, which could damage our reputation and adversely affect our ability to attract or retain customers; or

    suffer claims for substantial damages.

        The successful assertion of any large claims against us could seriously harm our business. Even if not successful, these claims could result in significant legal and other costs, may be a distraction to our management and may harm our reputation.

Security breaches in sensitive government systems could result in the loss of customers and negative publicity.

        Many of the systems we develop, integrate and maintain involve managing and protecting information involved in intelligence, national security and other sensitive or classified government functions. A security breach in one of these systems could cause serious harm to our business, damage our reputation and prevent us from being eligible for further work on sensitive or classified systems for

13



federal government customers. We could incur losses from such a security breach that could exceed the policy limits under our professional liability insurance program. Damage to our reputation or limitations on our eligibility for additional work resulting from a security breach in one of the systems we develop, install and maintain could materially reduce our revenues.

Our failure to obtain and maintain necessary security clearances may limit our ability to perform classified work for government customers, which could cause us to lose business.

        Some government contracts require us to maintain facility security clearances and require some of our employees to maintain individual security clearances. Obtaining and maintaining security clearances for employees involves a lengthy process, and it is difficult to identify, recruit and retain employees who already hold security clearances. If our employees lose or are unable to timely obtain security clearances or we lose a facility clearance, the government customer may terminate the contract or decide not to renew it upon its expiration. As a result, to the extent we cannot obtain or maintain the required security clearances for a particular contract, or we fail to obtain them on a timely basis, we may not derive the revenues anticipated from the contract, which could harm our operating results. To the extent we are not able to obtain facility security clearances or engage employees with the required security clearances for a particular contract, we will be unable to perform that contract and we may not be able to compete for or win new awards for similar work.

Our quarterly operating results may fluctuate significantly as a result of factors outside of our control, which could cause the market price of our common stock to decline.

        We expect our revenues and operating results to vary from quarter to quarter. As a consequence, our operating results may fall below the expectations of securities analysts and investors, which could cause the price of our common stock to decline. Factors that may affect our operating results include those listed in this "Risk Factors" section and others such as:

    fluctuations in revenues earned on contracts;

    variability in demand for our services and solutions;

    seasonal fluctuations in our staff utilization rates;

    seasonal fluctuations in our revenues;

    commencement, completion or termination of contracts during any particular quarter;

    variable purchasing patterns under GSA schedule contracts, GWACs, blanket purchase agreements and other ID/IQ contracts;

    delays in commencement of contracts during any particular quarter;

    changes in contract requirements;

    strategic decisions by us or our competitors, such as acquisitions, divestitures, spin-offs, joint ventures, strategic investments or changes in business strategy;

    changes in the extent to which we use subcontractors; and

    changes in presidential administrations and senior federal government officials that affect the timing of technology procurement.

        Reductions in revenues in a particular quarter could lead to lower profitability in that quarter because a relatively large amount of our expenses are fixed in the short-term. We may incur significant operating expenses during the start-up and early stages of large contracts and may not receive corresponding payments in the same quarter. We may also incur additional expenses when contracts expire or are terminated or not renewed. In addition, payments due to us from government agencies

14



may be delayed due to billing cycles or as a result of failures of governmental budgets to gain Congressional and administration approval in a timely manner.

We may be harmed by intellectual property infringement claims.

        We may become subject to claims from our employees or third parties who assert that software and other forms of intellectual property that we use in delivering services and solutions to our customers infringe upon intellectual property rights of such employees or third parties. If our employees, our vendors or other third parties assert claims that we or our customers are infringing on their intellectual property, we could incur substantial costs to defend those claims. In addition, if any of these infringement claims are ultimately successful, in addition to paying damages, we could be required to take any of the following actions, each of which could entail significant expenses or result in a significant reduction in revenues:

    cease selling or using services or solutions that incorporate the challenged software or technology;

    obtain a license or additional licenses from our vendors or other third parties; or

    redesign our services and solutions that rely on the challenged software or technology.

We may incur substantial costs and liabilities in connection with acquisitions.

        We have completed four acquisitions since 2000, including the acquisition of Morgan in February 2006, and expect to consider further acquisitions and investments in the future. If we make an acquisition or investment, we may:

    issue stock that would dilute your stock ownership;

    incur debt that would restrict our cash flow;

    assume liabilities;

    incur large and immediate write-offs;

    incur unanticipated costs;

    incur unanticipated liabilities under purchase and sale agreements with target companies;

    forego procurement opportunities as a result of organizational conflict of interest, or OCI, concerns;

    experience risks associated with entering markets in which we have no or limited prior experience; and

    lose key employees from the acquired operations.

        In connection with any acquisition we make, there may be liabilities that we fail to discover or that we inadequately assess. In addition, acquired operations may not perform according to the forecasts that we used to determine the purchase price. If the acquired entity fails to achieve these forecasts, or if we are not successful in offering our services to the customer base of the acquired entity or otherwise do not achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition, our financial condition and operating results may be adversely affected.

We may not successfully integrate Morgan or other companies we may acquire in the future.

        We acquired Morgan in February 2006. The process of integrating Morgan required and continues to require a significant amount of resources and management attention which detracts from attention to our business, and we expect that any future acquisitions would demand resources and management

15



attention. If we are unable to integrate Morgan or any other company we acquire in the future as planned, our management's attention may continue to be diverted from the operation of our business, our operations could be disrupted and we may be unable to deliver our services to our customers as planned, any of which would hinder implementation of our business plan, adversely affect our relationships with our customers and force us to incur unanticipated expenses.

A preference for minority-owned, small and small disadvantaged businesses could impact our ability to be a prime contractor on certain governmental procurements.

        As a result of the Small Business Administration, or SBA, set-aside program, the federal government may decide to restrict certain procurements only to bidders that qualify as minority-owned, small or small disadvantaged businesses. As a result, we would not be eligible to perform as a prime contractor on those programs and would be restricted to a maximum of 49% of the work as a subcontractor on those programs. An increase in the amount of procurements under the SBA set-aside program may impact our ability to bid on new procurements as a prime contractor or restrict our ability to recompete on incumbent work that is placed in the set-aside program.

Our employees may engage in misconduct or other improper activities, which could harm our business.

        We are exposed to the risk that employee fraud or other misconduct could occur. Misconduct by employees could include intentional or unintentional failures to comply with federal government procurement regulations, engaging in unauthorized activities or falsifying time records. Employee misconduct could also involve the improper use of our customers' sensitive or classified information, which could result in regulatory sanctions against us and serious harm to our reputation. It is not always possible to deter employee misconduct, and the precautions we take to prevent and detect this activity may not be effective in controlling unknown or unmanaged risks or losses, which could materially harm our business.

Activation of military and National Guard reserves could significantly reduce our revenue and profits.

        Activation of military reserves, in connection with international conflicts or otherwise, could result in some customer procurement staff being activated into the military services. This could delay contract awards that might be in the evaluation or award process, which could in turn reduce our revenue until such time as our customers are able to complete the evaluation and award process, or could even result in the loss of the potential contract award.

        In addition, as of December 31, 2005, we had approximately 49 employees who serve as reservists for a branch of the military or the National Guard. In the event of a significant call-up, we will pay these employees the differential between their military pay and their salary for up to 12 months up to a maximum of $100,000. Our standard practice in the absence of a significant call-up is to provide for up to two weeks of pay for military leave. To the extent those re-called for active military duty are directly billable on our contracts, our revenues could be reduced. Additionally, our fringe benefit expenses would be increased by any payments, which could reduce our profits.

Our business commitments require our employees to travel to potentially dangerous places, which may result in injury to our employees.

        Our business involves providing services that require some of our employees to operate in countries that may be experiencing political unrest, war or terrorism, including Afghanistan and Iraq. Certain senior level employees or executives may, on occasion, be part of the teams deployed to provide services in these countries. As a result, it is possible that certain of our employees or executives will suffer injury or bodily harm in the course of these deployments. It is also possible that we will encounter unexpected costs in connection with additional risks inherent in sending our employees to

16



dangerous locations, such as increased insurance costs, as well as the repatriation of our employees or executives for reasons beyond our control. These problems could cause our actual results to differ materially from those anticipated.

Risks Related to Our Industry

Changes in the spending policies or budget priorities of the federal government could cause us to lose revenues.

        We derive substantially all of our revenues from contracts funded by federal government agencies. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, the Department of Defense, including agencies within the intelligence community, accounted for approximately 70% of our revenues and federal civilian agency customers accounted for approximately 30% of our revenues. We believe that contracts with federal government agencies, and defense agencies in particular, will continue to be the sole source of our revenues for the foreseeable future. Accordingly, changes in federal government fiscal or spending policies or the Department of Defense budget could directly affect our financial performance. Among the factors that could harm our business are:

    curtailment of the federal government's use of technology services firms;

    a significant decline in spending by the federal government in general or by specific departments or agencies in particular;

    reductions in federal government programs or requirements;

    a shift in spending to federal programs and agencies that we do not support or where we currently do not have contracts;

    delays in the payment of our invoices by government payment offices;

    federal governmental shutdowns, such as the shutdown that occurred during the government's 1996 fiscal year, and other potential delays in the government appropriations process, such as federal agencies having to operate under a continuing funding resolution because of delays in Congressional budget appropriations;

    emergency spending that reduces funds available for other government priorities, such as the emergency spending for relief following hurricanes Katrina and Rita; and

    general economic and political conditions, including any event that reduces federal tax receipts or results in a change in spending priorities of the federal government.

        These or other factors could cause federal government agencies and departments to reduce their purchases under contracts, to exercise their right to terminate contracts or not to exercise options to renew contracts, any of which could cause us to lose revenues. In addition, any limitations imposed on spending by federal government agencies that result from efforts to reduce the federal deficit may limit both the continued funding of our existing contracts and our ability to obtain additional contracts. Our backlog consists exclusively of contracts with federal departments and agencies, and the continuation of these contracts, or award of additional contracts from these agencies, could be materially harmed by federal government spending reductions or budget cutbacks at these departments or agencies.

17


Federal government contracts contain provisions giving government customers a variety of rights that are unfavorable to us, including the ability to terminate a contract at any time for convenience.

        Federal government contracts contain provisions and are subject to laws and regulations that provide government customers with rights and remedies not typically found in commercial contracts. These rights and remedies allow government customers, among other things, to:

    terminate existing contracts, with short notice, for convenience, as well as for default;

    reduce orders under or otherwise modify contracts;

    for contracts subject to the Truth in Negotiations Act, reduce the contract price or cost where it was increased because a contractor or subcontractor during negotiations furnished cost or pricing data that was not complete, accurate and current;

    for some contracts, demand a refund, make a forward price adjustment or terminate a contract for default if a contractor provided inaccurate or incomplete data during the contract negotiation process, or reduce the contract price under certain triggering circumstances, including the revision of pricelists or other documents upon which the contract award was predicated, the granting of more favorable discounts or terms and conditions than those contained in such documents and the granting of certain special discounts to certain customers;

    terminate our facility security clearances and thereby prevent us from receiving classified contracts;

    cancel multi-year contracts and related orders if funds for contract performance for any subsequent year become unavailable;

    decline to exercise an option to renew a multi-year contract or issue task orders in connection with ID/IQ contracts;

    claim rights in solutions, systems and technology produced by us;

    prohibit future procurement awards with a particular agency due to a finding of organizational conflict of interest based upon prior related work performed for the agency that would give a contractor an unfair advantage over competing contractors or the existence of conflicting roles that might bias a contractor's judgment;

    subject the award of contracts to protest by competitors, which may require the contracting federal agency or department to suspend our performance pending the outcome of the protest and may also result in a requirement to resubmit offers for the contract or in the termination, reduction or modification of the awarded contract; and

    suspend or debar us from doing business with the federal government.

        If a federal government customer terminates one of our contracts for convenience, we may recover only a portion of our incurred or committed costs, settlement expenses and profit on work completed prior to the termination. If a federal government customer were to unexpectedly terminate, cancel or decline to exercise an option to renew with respect to one or more of our significant contracts or suspend or debar us from doing business with the federal government, our revenues and operating results would be materially harmed.

Our failure to comply with complex procurement laws and regulations could cause us to lose business and subject us to a variety of penalties.

        We must comply with laws and regulations relating to the formation, administration and performance of federal government contracts, which affect how we do business with our federal

18



government customers and may increase our expenses. Among the most significant laws and regulations are:

    the Federal Acquisition Regulation, and agency regulations analogous or supplemental to the Federal Acquisition Regulation, which comprehensively regulate the formation, administration, and performance of government contracts, including provisions relating to the avoidance of conflicts of interest and intra-organizational conflicts of interest;

    the Truth in Negotiations Act, which requires certification and disclosure of all cost and pricing data in connection with some contract negotiations;

    the Procurement Integrity Act, which requires evaluation of ethical conflicts surrounding procurement activity and establishing certain employment restrictions for individuals who participate in the procurement process;

    the Cost Accounting Standards, which impose accounting requirements that govern our right to reimbursement under some cost-based government contracts;

    laws, regulations and executive orders restricting the use and dissemination of information classified for national security purposes and the exportation of specified products, technologies, and technical data; and

    compliance with antitrust laws.

        If a government review or investigation uncovers improper or illegal activities, we may be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including the termination of our contracts, the forfeiture of profits, the suspension of payments owed to us, fines and our suspension or debarment from doing business with federal government agencies. In particular, the civil False Claims Act provides for treble damages and potentially substantial civil penalties where, for example, a contractor presents a false or fraudulent claim to the government for payment or approval, or makes a false statement in order to get a false or fraudulent claim paid or approved by the government. Actions under the civil False Claims Act may be brought by the government or by other persons on behalf of the government. These provisions of the civil False Claims Act permit parties, such as our employees, to sue us on behalf of the government and share a portion of any recovery. Any failure to comply with applicable laws and regulations could result in contract termination, damage to our reputation, price or fee reductions or suspension or debarment from contracting with the government, each of which could lead to a material reduction in our revenues.

The failure by Congress to timely approve budgets for the federal agencies we contract with could delay or reduce spending and cause us to lose revenues.

        On an annual basis, Congress must approve budgets that govern spending by each of the federal agencies we contract with. When Congress is unable to agree on budget priorities, and thus is unable to pass the annual budget on a timely basis, Congress typically enacts a continuing resolution that allows federal government agencies to operate at spending levels approved in the previous budget cycle. For example, Congress did not pass a defense spending bill for the federal fiscal year 2006 until November 15, 2005, during which time the military branches operated under a continuing resolution. Operation by government agencies on the basis of a continuing resolution may delay or cancel funding we expect to receive from customers on work we are already performing and is likely to result in new initiatives being delayed, and in some cases being cancelled.

19



The adoption of new procurement laws or regulations could reduce the amount of services that are outsourced by the federal government and could cause us to lose future revenues.

        New legislation or procurement regulations could cause federal agencies to adopt restrictive procurement practices regarding the use of outside service providers. For example, the American Federation of Government Employees, the largest federal employee union, strongly endorses legislation that may restrict the procedure by which services are outsourced to government contractors. If such legislation were to be enacted, it would likely reduce the amount of information technology services that could be outsourced by the federal government, which could materially reduce our future expected revenues.

The Office of Management and Budget process for ensuring government agencies properly support capital planning initiatives, including information technology investments, could reduce or delay federal information technology spending and cause us to lose revenue.

        The Office of Management and Budget, or OMB, supervises spending by federal agencies and enforces the Government Performance Results Act. This Act requires, among other things, that federal agencies make an adequate business justification to support capital planning initiatives, including all information technology investments. The factors considered by the OMB include, among others, whether the proposed information technology investment is expected to achieve an appropriate return on investment, whether related processes are contemporaneously reviewed, whether interoperability with existing systems and the capacity for these systems to share data across government agencies has been considered and whether existing commercial off-the-shelf products are being utilized to the extent possible. If our customers do not adequately justify proposed information technology investments to the OMB, the OMB may refuse funding for their new or continuing information technology investments, and we may lose revenue as a result.

Risks Related to Our Common Stock and This Offering

Our executive officers and directors as a group and our Employee Stock Ownership Plan will own a significant percentage of our common stock upon completion of this offering, and as a result they will have significant influence over our affairs and policies.

        Immediately following this offering, our executive officers and directors as a group will own approximately    % of our common stock, including their shares held through the ESOP. For so long as the executive officers and directors continue to own a significant portion of our outstanding common stock, they will have significant influence over matters submitted to our stockholders for approval and exercise significant control over our business policies and affairs, including the election of directors, amendments to our certificate of incorporation and determinations with respect to mergers and other business combinations, including those that may result in a change of control. In addition, immediately following this offering, our Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP, will own approximately    % of our common stock, excluding ESOP shares allocated to accounts of our executive officers and directors. Substantially all of the participants in the ESOP are our employees. If these participants act together, they will also be able to exert influence over matters submitted to our stockholders for approval, and if they act together with our executive officers and directors, they will be able to determine the outcome of matters submitted for stockholder approval. The interests of the executive officers and directors and the ESOP participants may conflict with your interests as a stockholder.

No market currently exists for our common stock, and an active trading market for our common stock may not develop.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for shares of our common stock. We cannot predict the extent to which investor interest in our company will lead to the development of a trading market on the New York Stock Exchange or otherwise or how liquid that market might become. The

20



initial public offering price for the shares of our common stock is or will be determined by negotiations between us and the underwriters and may not be indicative of prices that will prevail in the open market following this offering.

If our stock price fluctuates after this offering, you could lose a significant part of your investment.

        The market price of our common stock may be influenced by many factors, some of which are beyond our control, including those described above under "—Risks Related to Our Business" and "—Risks Related to Our Industry" and the following:

    changes in stock market analyst recommendations regarding us, our competitors or the industry in which we operate generally, or lack of analyst coverage of our common stock;

    announcements by us or our competitors of significant contracts or task orders, acquisitions or capital commitments;

    loss of one or more of our significant customers;

    changes in market valuations or earnings of our competitors;

    variations in quarterly operating results;

    availability of capital;

    general economic conditions;

    terrorist acts;

    military action related to international conflicts, wars or otherwise;

    legislation;

    additions and departures of key personnel;

    future sales of our common stock; and

    investor perception of us and the federal information technology industry.

        As a result of these factors, investors in our common stock may not be able to resell their shares at or above the initial public offering price.

        Some companies that have had volatile market prices for their securities have had securities litigation brought against them. If litigation of this type is brought against us, it could result in substantial costs and would divert management's attention and our resources.

As a new investor, you will experience immediate and substantial dilution in the net tangible book value of your shares.

        The initial public offering price of our common stock is considerably more than the net tangible book value per share of our outstanding common stock. Accordingly, investors purchasing shares of common stock in this offering will:

    pay a price per share that substantially exceeds the value of our tangible assets after subtracting liabilities; and

    contribute                % of the total amount invested to fund our company, but will own only                % of the shares of common stock outstanding after this offering.

        To the extent outstanding stock options are exercised, there will be further dilution to new investors. See "Dilution" for more information.

21



The requirements associated with being a public company will require significant company resources and management attention.

        Following this offering, we will become subject to the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, or Exchange Act, and the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. The Exchange Act requires that we file annual, quarterly and current reports with respect to our business and financial condition and maintain effective disclosure controls and procedures and internal control over financial reporting. The Sarbanes-Oxley Act requires that our management evaluate, and our independent auditors report on, our internal control over financial reporting on an annual basis. As a result, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we did not incur as a nonpublic company. Further, the need to establish the corporate infrastructure demanded of a public company may divert management's attention from implementing our growth strategy. We have made, and will continue to make, changes to our corporate governance standards, disclosure controls and financial reporting and accounting systems to meet our reporting obligations. However, the measures we take may not be sufficient to satisfy our obligations as a public company. In addition, we cannot predict or estimate the amount of additional costs we may incur in order to comply with these requirements.

Provisions of our charter documents and Delaware law may inhibit potential acquisition bids that you and other stockholders may consider favorable, and the market price of our common stock may be lower as a result.

        The anti-takeover provisions of the Delaware General Corporation Law impose various impediments on the ability of a third-party to acquire control of us, even if a change in control would be beneficial to our stockholders.

        In addition, provisions of our certificate of incorporation and by-laws, as amended and restated prior to the closing of this offering, may also deter, delay or prevent a third-party from acquiring us. These provisions include:

    limitations on who may call special meetings of stockholders;

    the absence of cumulative voting in the election of directors;

    the inability of stockholders to act by written consent;

    advance notice requirements for nominations for election to the board of directors and for stockholder proposals; and

    the authority of our board of directors to issue, without stockholder approval, up to            shares of preferred stock with such terms as the board of directors may determine and to issue additional shares of our common stock.

        These provisions could have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control of our company, discourage others from making tender offers for our shares, lower the market price of our stock or impede the ability of our stockholders to change our management, even if such changes would be beneficial to our stockholders.

A substantial number of shares will be eligible for sale in the near future, which could cause our common stock price to decline.

        Prior to this offering, substantially all of our common stock was held by our employees, including through our ESOP. If our existing stockholders sell, or the market perceives that our stockholders intend to sell, substantial amounts of our common stock in the public market following this offering, the market price of our common stock could decline significantly. These sales also might make it more difficult for us to sell equity or equity-related securities in the future at a time and price that we deem appropriate. Upon completion of this offering, we will have outstanding                         shares of common stock. Of these shares, the                        shares sold in this offering plus an additional            

22



 shares will be available for sale in the public market,                        additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market 90 days after the date of this prospectus,                additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market 180 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration (or, in some cases, partial expiration) of lock-up agreements between our stockholders and the underwriters, and                additional shares of common stock will be available for sale in the public market 360 days after the date of this prospectus following the expiration of all remaining lock-up agreements between our stockholders and the underwriters. Citigroup Global Markets Inc., on behalf of the underwriters, may release these stockholders from their lock-up agreements with the underwriters at any time and without notice, which would allow for earlier sale of shares in the public market. As restrictions on resale end, the market price of our common stock could drop significantly if the holders of restricted shares sell them or are perceived by the market as intending to sell them. In addition, our ESOP currently holds      shares of our common stock, all of which have been allocated to employee accounts. Under certain circumstances, such as the termination of an employee's employment with us, the ESOP may distribute shares to ESOP participants (or sell shares in the market), depending on the elections of ESOP participants. See "Shares Eligible For Future Sale".

23



FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

        This prospectus contains forward-looking statements that are based on current expectations, estimates, forecasts and projections about the industry in which we operate and management's beliefs and assumptions. Such statements include, in particular, statements about our plans, strategies and prospects under the headings "Summary", "Risk Factors", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and "Business". Words such as "expect", "anticipate", "intend", "plan", "believe", "seek", "estimate", "could", "may", "shall", "would" and variations of such words and similar expressions, or the negative of such words or similar expressions, are intended to identify such forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions that are difficult to predict. Therefore, actual outcomes and results may differ materially from what is expressed or forecasted in such forward-looking statements, including as a result of risks discussed under the heading "Risk Factors". These forward-looking statements include, but are not limited to, statements relating to:

    our ability to retain customers and contracts, as well as our ability to win new customers and engagements;

    our backlog;

    the expected contract ceiling value of our GWAC and other ID/IQ contracts;

    the effects of our acquisition of Morgan;

    our beliefs about trends in our market, available government contracts and outsourcing to companies like ours; and

    expected spending on information technology and other professional services by federal government agencies, including the Department of Defense.

        Except as required under the federal securities laws and the rules and regulations of the SEC, we do not have any intention or obligation to update publicly any forward-looking statements after we distribute this prospectus, whether as a result of new information, future events or otherwise. Neither the Private Securities Litigation Reform Act of 1995 nor Section 27A of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, or the Securities Act, provides any protection for statements made in this prospectus.


INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA

        Industry and market data used throughout this prospectus were obtained through surveys and studies conducted by third parties, industry and general publications and internal company research. INPUT was the primary source for third-party industry and market data and forecasts. Industry publications, surveys and forecasts generally state that the information contained therein has been obtained from sources believed to be reliable, but there can be no assurance as to the accuracy or completeness of included information. We have not independently verified any of the data from third-party sources nor have we ascertained any underlying economic assumptions relied upon therein. While we are not aware of any misstatements regarding the industry data presented herein, estimates involve risks and uncertainties and are subject to change based on various factors, including those discussed under the heading "Risk Factors".

24



USE OF PROCEEDS

        We estimate that we will receive approximately $             million in net proceeds from this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering price of $             per share, which is the mid-point of the range set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, and after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us. A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase or decrease the net proceeds to us from this offering by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by the selling stockholders, including upon the exercise by the underwriters of their over-allotment option.

        We intend to use the net proceeds from this offering to repay all indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit facility. As of March 31, 2006, we had $100.0 million of term loan indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit facility and $10.5 million of revolving indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit facility. The term loan indebtedness was incurred to finance the acquisition of Morgan, to pay transaction expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition and to refinance our previously outstanding indebtedness. We plan to use the remainder, if any, of the net proceeds from this offering for working capital and general corporate purposes, including financing of potential acquisitions of complementary businesses. We have no current commitments, agreements or understandings to acquire any business. Pending their use, we may invest the net proceeds from this offering in short-term, investment grade, interest-bearing securities or guaranteed obligations of the United States or its agencies.

        Our senior credit facility consists of a $100.0 million term loan facility that matures on January 31, 2012, and a $50.0 million revolving credit facility that matures on January 31, 2011. Indebtedness under our senior credit facility bears interest at a variable rate based upon LIBOR or a prime rate, at our option. At            , 2006, the weighted average interest rate on indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit facility was    %. Following the application of the net proceeds from this offering, we expect that our senior credit facility will consist of only a revolving credit facility.


DIVIDEND POLICY

        We currently intend to retain all of our future earnings, if any, to finance the growth and development of our business. In addition, our ability to declare and pay cash dividends is restricted by our senior credit facility. As a result, we do not anticipate declaring or paying any cash dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future. Any future change in our dividend policy will be made at the discretion of our board of directors and will depend on our financial condition, results of operations, capital requirements and other factors our board of directors deems relevant. Accordingly, you will need to sell your shares of our common stock to realize a return on your investment, and you may not be able to sell your shares at or above the price you paid for them.

25



CAPITALIZATION

        The following table sets forth our capitalization as of December 31, 2005:

    on an actual basis;

    on a pro forma basis, assuming that each of the following was completed as of December 31, 2005:

    -
    the acquisition by us of Morgan and the related financing transactions; and

    -
    a            -for-one split of our common stock that will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering;

    on a pro forma as adjusted basis, assuming the foregoing and further assuming that each of the following was completed as of December 31, 2005:

    -
    the sale by us of            shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed initial public offering price of $                  , which is the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus; and

    -
    the application of the net proceeds received by us from this offering as described under "Use of Proceeds".

        This table should be read in conjunction with "Use of Proceeds", "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data", "Selected Historical Financial Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus.

26


 
  As of December 31, 2005

 
  Actual
  Pro Forma
  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

 
  (in thousands, unaudited)

Cash and cash equivalents   $   $ 8,603   $             
   
 
 
Debt:                  
  Revolving credit facility     22,909     22,909      
  Term loan     8,083     90,292      
   
 
 
   
Total debt

 

 

30,992

 

 

113,201

 

 

 

Stockholders' equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Preferred stock, $0.01 par value per share; 500,000 shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, actual;        shares authorized and no shares issued or outstanding, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted              
  Common stock, $0.01 par value per share; 1,000,000 shares authorized, actual;        shares authorized, pro forma and pro forma as adjusted; 498,912 shares issued and outstanding (including treasury shares), actual;        shares issued and outstanding (including treasury shares), pro forma;        shares issued and outstanding (including treasury shares), pro forma as adjusted     5     5      
  Additional paid-in capital     3,614     3,614      
  Retained earnings     47,621     47,621      
  Less other contra-equity accounts     (10,452 )   (10,452 )    
   
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     40,788     40,788      
   
 
 
      Total capitalization(1)   $ 71,780   $ 153,989   $  
   
 
 

(1)
A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would increase or decrease each of cash and cash equivalents, additional paid-in capital, total stockholders' equity and total capitalization by $            , $            , $            and $            , respectively, assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated expenses payable by us.

27



DILUTION

        If you invest in our common stock, your interest will be diluted to the extent of the difference between the initial public offering price per share of our common stock and the net tangible book value per share of our common stock after this offering. Dilution results from the fact that the per share initial public offering price of our common stock is in excess of the book value per share attributable to the existing stockholders for the presently outstanding common stock.

        Our pro forma net tangible book value as of December 31, 2005, was approximately $            million, or $            per share of common stock. We determined pro forma net tangible book value per share as of December 31, 2005, by dividing our net tangible book value (total book value of tangible assets less total liabilities), determined after giving effect to the completion of the acquisition of Morgan and the related financing transactions, by            , the pro forma number of shares of common stock outstanding as of December 31, 2005, which number of shares gives effect to a            -for-one split of our common stock that will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

        After giving effect to the sale of            shares of our common stock at an assumed initial public offering price of $            per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and after deducting underwriting discounts and estimated offering expenses payable by us in connection with this offering and giving effect to the use of the net proceeds of this offering as set forth in "Use of Proceeds", our pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value as of December 31, 2005, would have been $             million, or $            per share of common stock. This represents an immediate increase in net tangible book value per share of $                  to existing stockholders and immediate dilution in net tangible book value per share of $            to new investors purchasing shares in this offering. The following table illustrates this per share dilution:

Assumed initial public offering price per share         $  
  Pro forma net tangible book value per share
as of December 31, 2005
  $        
  Increase in net tangible book value per share
attributable to this offering
           
   
     
Pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share
after this offering
           
Dilution per share to new investors         $  
         

        A $1.00 increase or decrease in the assumed initial public offering price of $            per share would decrease or increase our pro forma net tangible book value by $            , the pro forma as adjusted net tangible book value per share after this offering by $            per share and the dilution per share to new investors in this offering by $            , assuming the number of shares offered by us, as set forth on the cover page of this prospectus, remains the same and after deducting the underwriting discounts and estimated expenses payable by us.

        The following table sets forth, as of December 31, 2005, on the pro forma basis described above, the number of shares of our common stock purchased from us, the total consideration paid to us and the average price per share paid to us by our existing stockholders and to be paid by new investors purchasing shares of our common stock in this offering, based on an assumed initial public offering

28



price of $            per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, before deducting underwriting discounts and our estimated offering expenses:

 
  Shares Purchased
  Total Consideration
   
 
  Average
Price
Per Share

 
  Number
  Percent
  Amount
  Percent
Existing stockholders         % $       % $  
New investors                        
   
 
 
 
     
  Total       100.0 % $     100.0 %    
   
 
 
 
     

        If the underwriters exercise their over-allotment option in full, (1) the number of shares held by existing stockholders will decrease to approximately     % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering, and (2) the number of shares held by new investors will increase to approximately    % of the total number of shares of our common stock outstanding after this offering.

        The discussion and tables in this section assume no exercise of outstanding stock options. As of                        , there were options outstanding to purchase a total of             shares of our common stock at a weighted average exercise price of $    per share. To the extent that any of these options are exercised, there may be further dilution to new investors.

29



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA

        The following unaudited pro forma financial data have been prepared by our management and are based on our historical financial statements and the historical financial statements of Morgan included elsewhere in this prospectus. The unaudited pro forma financial data is being provided due to the significance of the acquisition of Morgan relative to our historical results of operations.

        The information included in the Stanley column of the unaudited pro forma financial data below sets forth our historical financial data for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, which are derived from our audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus, and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2005, which are derived from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The information included in the Morgan column of the unaudited pro forma financial data below sets forth Morgan's historical financial data for the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2004, and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2005, which are derived from Morgan's audited consolidated financial statements included elsewhere in this prospectus.

        The information included in the Pro Forma Acquisition column of the unaudited pro forma statements of income for the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2005, and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2005, has been adjusted to give effect to our acquisition of Morgan and the related financing transactions as if they had occurred on April 1, 2004. The information in the Pro Forma As Adjusted column of the unaudited pro forma statements of income for the twelve-month period ended March 31, 2005, and the nine-month period ended December 31, 2005, has been further adjusted to give effect to the sale by us of                        shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds" as if they had occurred on April 1, 2004.

        The information included in the Pro Forma Acquisition column of the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2005, has been adjusted to give effect to our acquisition of Morgan and the related financing transactions as if they had occurred on December 31, 2005. The information in the "Pro Forma As Adjusted" column of the unaudited pro forma balance sheet as of December 31, 2005, has been further adjusted to give effect to the sale by us of                        shares of our common stock in this offering at an assumed public offering price of $         per share, the mid-point of the price range set forth on the front cover of this prospectus, and the application of the net proceeds from this offering as described in "Use of Proceeds" as if they had occurred on December 31, 2005.

        The unaudited pro forma and pro forma as adjusted financial data do not purport to present what our actual financial position or results would have been if the events described above had occurred as of the dates indicated and are not necessarily indicative of our future financial position or results.

        The allocation of the purchase price for the acquisition of Morgan reflected in the unaudited pro forma financial data is still preliminary. In connection with the continuing integration of Morgan, we are still in the process of determining the fair value of certain assets and liabilities that could affect the allocation of the purchase price through an adjustment to the valuation of goodwill.

        The per share numbers included in the unaudited pro forma financial data have been adjusted to give effect to a            -for-one split of our common stock that will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering.

        You should read this summary financial data together with "Summary—Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data", "Use of Proceeds", "Capitalization", "Selected Historical Financial Data", "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and our financial statements and the financial statements of Morgan, together with the accompanying notes, included elsewhere in this prospectus.

30



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME
For the Twelve-Month Period Ended March 31, 2005

 
  Historical
   
   
   
   
 
  Stanley
(Year Ended
3/31/05)

  Morgan
(Year Ended
12/31/04)

  Pro Forma
Acquisition
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
Acquisition

  Offering
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

 
  (in thousands, except share data)

Revenues   $ 282,456   $ 50,876   $   $ 333,332   $     $  
Operating costs and expenses:                                    
  Cost of revenues     250,110     43,615         293,725            
  Selling, general and administrative     10,411     2,207         12,618            
  Depreciation and amortization     2,699     171     1,890   (1)   4,760            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     19,236     4,883     (1,890 )   22,229            

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Other income     2     6         8            
  Interest (expense) income, net     (822 )   55     (5,664 )(2)   (6,431 )     (4)    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before taxes     18,416     4,944     (7,554 )   15,806            
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     7,184     1,841     (2,908 )(3)   6,117            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 11,232   $ 3,103   $ (4,646 ) $ 9,689   $     $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:                                    
  Basic   $                             $  
  Diluted   $                             $  
Weighted average shares(5):                                    
  Basic                                    
  Diluted                                    

See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Income.

31



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME
For the Nine-Month Period Ended December 31, 2005

 
  Historical
   
   
   
   
 
  Stanley
(Nine Months
Ended
12/31/05)

  Morgan
(Nine Months
Ended
12/31/05)

  Pro Forma
Acquisition
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
Acquisition

  Offering
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

 
  (in thousands, except share data)

Revenues   $ 200,622   $ 51,120   $   $ 251,742   $     $  
Operating costs and expenses:                                    
  Cost of revenues     174,162     43,762         217,924            
  Selling, general and administrative     9,246     2,469           11,715            
  Depreciation and amortization     2,411     147     1,468   (1)   4,026            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income (loss)     14,803     4,742     (1,468 )   18,077            
   
 
 
 
 
 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Other income     29     2         31            
  Interest (expense) income, net     (1,166 )   161     (4,248 )(2)   (5,253 )     (4)    
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income (loss) before taxes     13,666     4,905     (5,716 )   12,855            
Provision (benefit) for income taxes     5,435     1,980     (2,200 )(3)   5,215            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income (loss)   $ 8,231   $ 2,925   $ (3,516 ) $ 7,640            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per common share:                                    
  Basic   $                             $  
  Diluted   $                             $  
Weighted average shares(5):                                    
  Basic                                    
  Diluted                                    

See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Income.

32



Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Income

(1)
Reflects amortization of identifiable intangible assets resulting from the preliminary allocation of the Morgan purchase price, based on an independent third-party valuation analysis. The portion of the purchase price allocated to customer contracts and backlog is amortized on a straight-line basis over the estimated five-year period of the contracts, creating $1.5 million of annual amortization. The portion of the purchase price allocated to non-compete agreements will be amortized on a straight-line basis over the one to two-year periods of the non-compete agreements, creating $0.4 million of annual amortization.

(2)
Reflects incremental interest expense (calculated at a rate equal to 30-day LIBOR as of December 31, 2005, plus 2.5%, which is the applicable LIBOR-based rate under our senior credit facility) attributable to $82.2 million of additional net indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of Morgan, pay transaction expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition and refinance our previously outstanding indebtedness. An increase of 1.0% in the interest rates would result in an increase in pro forma interest expense and a decrease in pro forma net income of $0.9 million and $0.5 million, respectively, for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, and $0.7 million and $0.4 million, respectively, for the nine months ended December 31, 2005.

(3)
Reflects the tax benefits resulting from the amortization of intangible assets described in note (1) above and from the incremental interest expense described in note (2) above. The tax benefits resulting from the amortization of intangible assets were determined using an effective tax rate of 37%, which was Morgan's effective tax rate in its fiscal year ended December 31, 2005. The tax benefits resulting from the incremental interest expense were determined using an effective tax rate of 39%, which was our effective tax rate in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005.

(4)
Reflects the adjustment to decrease interest expense as a result of our application of the estimated net proceeds to us from this offering to reduce indebtedness as follows:

 
  Principal Reduction
  Rate of Interest
Revolving credit facility        
Term loans        
(5)
Pro Forma As Adjusted weighted average shares outstanding gives effect to                shares of common stock that we expect to issue and sell in this offering, as though such shares were issued on April 1, 2004.

33



UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET
As of December 31, 2005

 
  Historical
   
   
   
   
 
  Pro Forma
Acquisition
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
Acquisition

  Offering
Adjustments

  Pro Forma
As Adjusted

 
  Stanley
  Morgan
 
  (in thousands)

Assets                                    
Current assets:                                    
  Cash and cash equivalents   $   $ 8,603   $   $ 8,603   $     $  
  Accounts receivable     67,968     11,717         79,685            
  Prepaids and other current assets     2,494     379         2,873            
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Total current assets     70,462     20,669         91,161            
  Property and equipment—net     5,769     498         6,267            
  Goodwill     18,001         64,750   (1)   82,751            
  Intangible assets—net     8,414         8,350   (2)   16,764            
  Other assets     1,096             1,096            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 103,742   $ 21,197   $ 73,100   $ 198,039   $     $  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                                    
Current liabilities:                                    
  Line of credit   $ 22,909   $   $   $ 22,909   $     $  
  Accounts payable     10,461     5,045         15,506            
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities     17,930     3,691         21,621            
  Current portion of note payable     1,000             1,000            
  Deferred income taxes     1,198             1,198            
  Income taxes payable         25         25            
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total current liabilities     53,498     8,761         62,259            
  Note payable—net of current portion     7,083         82,209   (3)   89,292            
  Other long term liabilities     1,227             1,227            
  Deferred taxes     1,146     104     3,223   (4)   4,473            
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total liabilities     62,954     8,865     85,432     157,251            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Stockholders' equity:                                    
  Common stock, $0.01 par value—1,000,000 shares authorized; 498,912 shares issued     5     1     (1 )(5)   5            
  Additional paid-in capital     3,614     2,581     (2,581 )(5)   3,614            
  Retained earnings     47,621     11,774     (11,774 )(5)   47,621            
  Less: Treasury stock     (5,494 )   (81 )   81   (5)   (5,494 )          
  Deferred compensation     (4,673 )   (1,943 )   1,943   (5)   (4,673 )          
  Shareholder notes receivable     (285 )           (285 )          
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     40,788     12,332     (12,332 )   40,788            
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 103,742   $ 21,197   $ 73,100   $ 198,039   $     $  
   
 
 
 
 
 

See accompanying Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet.

34



Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet

(1)
Reflects the amount of the Morgan purchase price that has been preliminarily allocated to goodwill, based upon the excess of the aggregate purchase price over the amounts preliminarily allocated to tangible and identifiable intangible assets.

(2)
Reflects the amount of the Morgan purchase price that has been preliminarily allocated to identifiable intangible assets. The preliminary allocation to tangible and identifiable intangible assets consists of $7.5 million that has been allocated to Morgan's customer contracts and backlog and $0.8 million that has been preliminarily allocated to certain noncompete agreements, based on an independent third-party valuation analysis.

(3)
Reflects the net impact of the incurrence of term loan borrowings under our senior credit facility to finance the acquisition of Morgan, pay transaction expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition and refinance our previously outstanding indebtedness.

(4)
Reflects the increase in deferred tax liabilities recognized upon consummation of the acquisition of Morgan and arising from the allocation of a portion of the purchase price to identifiable intangible assets acquired in the acquisition of Morgan. The amount of the increase is based on Morgan's effective tax rate of 37% in its fiscal year ended December 31, 2005.

(5)
Reflects the elimination of stockholders' equity in connection with the acquisition of Morgan.

35



SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA

        The table below presents our selected historical consolidated financial data for each of the five fiscal years in the period ended March 31, 2005, and for the nine months ended December 31, 2004 and 2005. We derived the statement of income data for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2004 and 2005 from our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We derived the statement of income for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2001 and 2002 and the balance sheet data as of March 31, 2001, 2002 and 2003 from our audited consolidated financial statements for those years, which are not included in this prospectus. We derived the statement of income data for the nine months ended December 31, 2004 and 2005, and the balance sheet data as of December 31, 2005, from our unaudited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We derived the historical balance sheet data as of December 31, 2004, from our unaudited consolidated balance sheet for that period, which is not included in this prospectus.

        Our unaudited consolidated financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as our audited consolidated financial statements and, in our opinion, reflect all adjustments, consisting only of normal and recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of such financial statements in all material respects. The results for any interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for a full year or any future period. You should read the selected historical consolidated financial data in conjunction with the information included under the heading "Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations" and the consolidated financial statements and accompanying notes included in this prospectus.

 
  Year Ended March 31,
  Nine Months Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2001
  2002
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands, except share data)

 
Statement of income data:                                            
Revenues   $ 96,182   $ 107,873   $ 143,488   $ 178,741   $ 282,456   $ 214,502   $ 200,622  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating costs and expenses:                                            
  Cost of revenues     83,038     93,327     125,515     156,584     250,110     191,166     174,162  
  Selling, general and administrative     5,881     6,457     7,768     7,819     10,411     6,553     9,246  
  Depreciation and amortization     1,463     1,412     1,215     1,573     2,699     2,043     2,411  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     5,800     6,677     8,990     12,765     19,236     14,740     14,803  
Other income (expense):                                            
  Other income                 8     2     2     29  
  Interest expense, net     (940 )   (323 )   (117 )   (261 )   (822 )   (794 )   (1,166 )
Income before taxes     4,860     6,354     8,873     12,512     18,416     13,948     13,666  
Provision for income taxes     (2,010 )   (2,699 )   (3,437 )   (4,378 )   (7,184 )   (5,409 )   (5,435 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 2,850   $ 3,655   $ 5,436   $ 8,134   $ 11,232   $ 8,539   $ 8,231  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share(1):                                            
  Basic                                            
  Diluted                                            
Weighted average shares(1):                                            
  Basic                                            
  Diluted                                            
Balance sheet data (at period end):                                            
Cash and cash equivalents(2)   $   $   $   $   $   $   $  
Working capital     7,338     8,526     10,006     4,411     13,085     13,813     16,964  
Total assets     35,693     36,528     49,677     86,848     93,558     91,084     103,742  
Total long-term liabilities     3,254     2,116     2,684     10,517     9,367     11,228     9,456  
Stockholders' equity     9,409     11,228     17,796     25,094     34,567     32,612     40,788  

(1)
Earnings per share and weighted average shares are calculated after giving effect to the    -for-one stock split.

(2)
The company historically has not maintained a cash balance, but has applied all of its operating cash flow to reduce indebtedness under outstanding lines of credit.

36



MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL
CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS

        You should read the following discussion in conjunction with the audited and unaudited historical financial statements and the accompanying notes included in this prospectus, as well as the discussion under "Unaudited Pro Forma Financial Data" and "Selected Historical Financial Data". This discussion contains forward-looking statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our actual results may differ materially from those discussed in or implied by any of the forward-looking statements as a result of various factors, including but not limited to those listed under "Risk Factors" and "Forward-Looking Statements".

Overview

        We provide information technology services and solutions to U.S. defense and federal civilian government agencies. We offer our customers solutions and expertise to support their mission-essential needs at any stage of program, product development or business lifecycle through five service areas: systems engineering, enterprise integration, operational logistics, business process outsourcing and advanced engineering and technology. As a systems integrator, we apply these five service areas to enable our customers to achieve interoperability between different business processes and information technology systems.

        Contracts funded by federal government agencies account for substantially all of our revenues. We currently have 194 active contractual engagements across 30 federal government agencies. Our customers include the Department of Defense (including all major agencies within the Department of Defense), the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Justice, the Department of State, the Department of Transportation, the Department of the Treasury and NASA. We have served customers that provided over 90% of our revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, or fiscal 2005, for an average of approximately twelve years.

        In February 2006, we acquired Morgan Research Corporation, or Morgan, a privately-held technology company providing specialized engineering and technology services to the federal government, for $76.0 million in cash at closing plus an additional $6.2 million in working capital and other purchase price adjustments. We financed the acquisition through term loan borrowings under a new senior credit facility. We expect to repay those term loan borrowings with the proceeds of this offering. This acquisition provides us with a major presence in Huntsville, Alabama, which, as a result of the Department of Defense's Base Realignment and Closure, or BRAC, program, will be the new headquarters of the Army Materiel Command, the Army Space and Missile Defense Command and a substantial portion of the Missile Defense Agency. In addition, this acquisition combines the specialized engineering and technology expertise of Morgan with our systems integration capabilities, and provides us with additional key prime contract vehicles. We believe that this acquisition enables us to provide complementary information technology and systems engineering services and to offer an expanded suite of solutions to our customers.

        For fiscal 2005, we derived approximately 70% of our revenues from the Department of Defense, including agencies within the intelligence community, and approximately 30% of our revenues from federal civilian government agencies. Our contract with the Department of State for the provision of passport processing and support services, which is our largest revenue-generating contract, accounted for approximately 15% of our revenues for fiscal 2005. For fiscal 2005, our top ten revenue-generating contracts accounted for approximately 55% of our revenues. As a result of our acquisition of Morgan, we expect that our top revenue-generating contracts will account for a lesser percentage of our revenues in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, and thereafter. Aside from our contract for passport processing and support services, no single contract exceeded 8% of our revenues for fiscal 2005. We acted as the prime contractor on contractual engagements that provided approximately 83% of our revenues for fiscal 2005.

        We work with the federal government under contracts employing one of three types of price structures: cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials and fixed-price. Cost-plus-fee contracts are typically lower

37



risk arrangements and thus yield lower profit margins than time-and-materials and fixed-price arrangements. Because the customer usually specifies the type of contract for a particular contractual engagement, we generally do not influence the choice of contract type. However, where we do have the opportunity to influence the contract type, and where customer requirements are clear, we prefer time-and-materials and fixed-price arrangements rather than cost-plus-fee arrangements because time-and-materials and fixed-price contracts, as compared with cost-plus-fee contracts, generally provide greater opportunity for the customer to save money and for us to generate higher margins.

Key Metrics Evaluated By Management

        We manage and assess the performance of our business by evaluating a variety of financial and non-financial metrics derived from and in addition to our United States generally accepted accounting principles, or GAAP, results. The most significant of these metrics are discussed below.

    Revenue Growth

        We closely monitor revenue growth in order to assess the performance of our business. Our total revenue growth rate was approximately 33%, 25% and 58% for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. In monitoring our revenue growth, we focus on both internal revenue growth and revenue growth through acquisitions.

        Our internal revenue growth is driven primarily by two factors. First, internal revenue growth is driven by adding new customers and by obtaining new task orders and contracts with our existing customers. For example, over the past several years we have added the Department of the Treasury's Office of the Comptroller of the Currency, the National Guard Bureau, the Department of Transportation and agencies in the intelligence community as new customers. Second, internal revenue growth is driven by increasing revenues under existing contracts and task orders with customers. For example, since the initial award of our contract with the Department of State for the provision of passport processing and support services, the scope of services provided by us, and the revenues generated by those services, have grown significantly.

        From time to time we generate revenues from "pass-through" services or products, where substantially all of the services are performed by subcontractors or other third parties and products are provided for resale by us from product suppliers. We undertake to provide these services and products at the request of our customers, usually because of the availability of our contract vehicles. In fiscal 2005 we generated $37.4 million of these "pass-through" revenues, which represented a larger amount of these revenues than we typically recognize in a fiscal year. For further discussion of these revenues, see "—Results of Operations".

        Our revenue growth strategy also includes the pursuit of strategic acquisitions. We have completed the following four acquisitions since 2000: our acquisition of GCI Information Services, Inc. in January 2000, our acquisition of CCI, Incorporated, or CCI, in September 2002, our acquisition of Fuentez Systems Concepts, Inc., or FSC, in December 2003 and our acquisition of Morgan in February 2006. For further discussion of these acquisitions, see "Business—Strategic Acquisitions".

38



    Backlog

        We monitor backlog, which provides us with visibility of our future revenues, as a measure of the strength of our target markets and our ability to retain existing contracts and win new contracts. The following table summarizes our backlog as of the dates indicated:

 
  As of March 31,
   
 
  As of
December 31,
2005

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
  (in millions)

Backlog:                        
  Funded   $ 69.5   $ 147.4   $ 124.1   $ 138.2
  Unfunded     367.6     363.4     395.6     442.0
   
 
 
 
  Total Backlog   $ 437.1   $ 510.8   $ 519.7   $ 580.2
   
 
 
 

        Each year, a significant portion of our revenues is derived from our backlog, and a significant portion of our backlog represents work related to the continuation of services and solutions under contracts or projects where we are the incumbent provider. We expect to recognize revenues from approximately 43% of our December 31, 2005, total backlog during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2006.

        We define backlog as the amount of revenues we expect to realize (i) over the remaining base contract performance period and (ii) from the exercise by the customer of option periods that we reasonably believe will be exercised, in each case from signed contracts in existence as of the measurement date. We do not include contract ceiling values, which represent the maximum amount of contract awards that could be awarded to all contractors under GWAC or ID/IQ contracts, in our backlog calculation.

        We also do not include in backlog (i) the expected amount of revenues that would be realized if, and when, we were successful in the re-compete of signed contracts in existence as of the measurement date or (ii) the expected amount of revenues that would be realized from future unidentified growth on signed contracts and task orders in existence as of the measurement date.

        We define funded backlog as the portion of our backlog for which funding currently is appropriated and obligated to us under a signed contract or task order by the purchasing agency, or otherwise authorized for payment to us by a customer upon completion of a specified portion of work, less the amount of revenue we have previously recognized under the contract. Our funded backlog does not include the full potential value of our contracts, because Congress often appropriates funds to be used by an agency for a particular program or contract on a yearly or quarterly basis, even though the contract may call for performance over a number of years. As a result, contracts typically are only partially funded at any point during their term, and all or some of the work to be performed under the contracts may remain unfunded unless and until Congress makes subsequent appropriations and the procuring agency allocates funding to the contract.

    Contract mix

        Contract profit margins are generally affected by the type of price structure on which the contract is based. We can typically earn higher profits on fixed-price and time-and-materials contracts than cost-plus-fee contracts. The following table summarizes our historical contract mix, measured as a percentage of total revenues, for the periods indicated:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Cost-plus-fee   64 % 68 % 60 %
Time-and-materials   16 % 12 % 11 %
Fixed-price   20 % 20 % 29 %

39


        Our acquisition of Morgan has resulted in a shift in our contract mix toward a greater percentage of time-and-materials contracts, as indicated by the table set forth below:

 
  12 Months Ended
December 31, 2005

  12 Months Ended
December 31, 2005
(on a pro forma basis)

 
Cost-plus-fee   64 % 58 %
Time-and-materials   18 % 26 %
Fixed-price   18 % 16 %

    Headcount and Labor Utilization

        We generate revenues primarily from services provided by our employees and subcontractors, with services provided by our employees generally yielding higher profits than services provided by our subcontractors. Our ability to hire and deploy additional qualified employees is a key driver of our ability to generate additional revenues, and our successful deployment of existing employees on direct-billable jobs is a key driver of our profitability.

    Indirect Costs

        Indirect costs constitute a substantial portion of the costs associated with our performance of contracts for customers. We carefully monitor the amount by which our actual indirect costs under our contracts vary from those expected to be incurred, which we refer to as indirect rate variance. Increased indirect rate variance can adversely affect our ability to achieve attractive contract pricing, our profitability and our competitive position, by resulting in unexpected increased costs to our customers.

    Operating Margin

        Operating margin, or the ratio of operating income to revenues, is affected by the price structure on which our contracts are based and our cost management.

        Operating margin improved in the nine months ended December 31, 2005, compared to the nine months ended December 31, 2004, and in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, primarily as a result of the following interdependent factors:

    an increase in our direct labor utilization rate;

    our ability to grow revenue at a faster rate than the costs necessary to support our infrastructure; and

    an increase in the level of services provided directly by us, as compared to subcontractors.

        An additional factor contributing to improved operating margin in the nine months ended December 31, 2005, was the relatively large amount of pass-through revenues generated in the nine months ended December 31, 2004, because the operating margin generated by pass-through revenues is typically slightly lower than those generated by our typical contract work. A much smaller amount of pass-through revenues was generated in the nine months ended December 31, 2005.

        Operating margin declined in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, compared to the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, due to higher indirect costs, lower operating margins generated by the large amount of pass-through revenues and increased selling, general and administrative expenses arising from the forgiveness of certain officer loans described below.

        We believe that investments in corporate infrastructure that we have made over the past several years have positioned us to achieve improved operating margins as we pursue future revenue growth.

    Days Sales Outstanding

        Days sales outstanding, or DSO, is a measure of how efficiently we manage the billing and collection of our accounts receivable, our most significant working capital requirement. For the nine

40


months ended December 31, 2005, we reported DSO of 81 days and for fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, we reported DSO of 72 days.

    Unbilled Receivables

        Unbilled receivables are comprised of work-in-process that will be billed in accordance with contract terms and delivery schedules, as well as amounts billable upon final execution of contracts, contract completion, milestones or completion of rate negotiations. Because the billing of unbilled receivables is contingent on those events, changes in the relative amount of unbilled receivables have an impact on our working capital and liquidity.

        Payments to us for performance on certain of our federal government contracts are subject to audit by the DCAA and are subject to government funding. We provide a reserve against our receivables for estimated losses that may result from rate negotiations, audit adjustments and/or government funding availability. To the extent that actual adjustments due to rate negotiations, audit adjustments or government funding availability differ from our estimates, our revenue may be impacted. Due to the fact that substantially all of our receivables come from contracts funded by the federal government, the likelihood of a material loss on an uncollectible account from this activity is low.

Critical Accounting Policies

        The discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of operations is based on our consolidated financial statements, which have been prepared in accordance with GAAP. The preparation of these consolidated financial statements requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect reported amounts, and actual results may differ from the estimates. Our significant accounting policies are described in Note 1 to our audited consolidated financial statements included in this prospectus. We consider the following accounting policies to be critical to the understanding of our financial condition and results of operations because these policies require the most difficult, subjective or complex judgments on the part of our management in their application, often as a result of the need to make estimates about the effect of matters that are inherently uncertain, and are the most important to our financial condition and operating results.

    Revenue Recognition

        We recognize revenue under our contracts when a contract has been executed, the contract price is fixed and determinable, delivery of services or products has occurred and collectibility is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated. We use a standard management process to determine whether all required criteria for revenue recognition have been met, which includes regular reviews of our contract performance. This review covers, among other matters, progress against a schedule, outstanding action items, effort and staffing, quality, risks and issues, subcontract management, costs incurred, commitments and satisfaction. During this review, we determine whether the overall progress on a contract is consistent with the effort expended.

        Contract revenue recognition inherently involves the use of estimates. Examples of estimates include the contemplated level of effort to accomplish the tasks under contract, the cost of the effort and an ongoing assessment of our progress toward completing the contract. From time to time, as part of our standard management process, facts develop that require us to revise our estimated total costs and revenues. To the extent that a revised estimate affects contract profit or revenue previously recognized, we record the cumulative effect of the revision in the period in which the facts requiring the revision become known. The full amount of an anticipated loss on any type of contract is recognized in the period in which it becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated.

        For cost-plus-award-fee type contracts, we recognize the expected fee to be awarded by the customer at the time the fee can be reasonably estimated, based on factors such as prior award experience and communications with the customer regarding performance, including any interim performance evaluations rendered by the customer. For cost-plus-incentive-fee type contracts, the

41



method of calculating the incentive fee is specified in the contract and is typically based on measuring actual costs to perform the contract against a target cost to perform the contract. We prepare periodic estimates to complete and adjust the incentive fee as required based on the contract incentive fee formula.

        Our contracts with agencies of the government are subject to periodic funding by the respective contracting agency. Funding for a contract may be provided in full at inception of the contract or ratably throughout the contract as the services are provided. From time to time, we may proceed with work based on customer direction prior to the completion and signing of formal contract documents. We have a formal review process for approving any such work. Revenue associated with such work is recognized only when it can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. We base our estimates on previous experiences with the customer, communications with the customer regarding funding status and its knowledge of available funding for the contract or program.

    Contract Cost Accounting

        As a contractor providing services primarily to the federal government, we must categorize our costs as either direct or indirect and allowable or unallowable. Direct costs are those costs that are identified with specific contracts. These costs include labor, subcontractor and consultant services, third party materials we purchase under a contract and other non-labor costs incurred in support of a contract. Indirect costs are those costs not identified with specific contracts. Rather, indirect costs are allocated to contracts in accordance with federal government rules and regulations. These costs typically include certain of our selling, general and administrative expenses, fringe benefit expenses and depreciation and amortization costs. Direct and indirect costs that are not allowable under the Federal Acquisition Regulation or specific contract provisions cannot be considered for reimbursement under our federal government contracts. We must specifically identify these costs to ensure we comply with these requirements. Our unallowable costs include a portion of our executive compensation, certain employee morale activities, certain types of legal and consulting costs and the amortization of identified intangible assets, among others. A key element to our historical success has been our ability to manage indirect cost growth and unallowable costs in connection with integration of acquired businesses.

    Goodwill and Intangible Assets

        Goodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of acquired companies. In accordance with Statement of Financial Accounting Standards, or SFAS, No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets, or SFAS No. 142, we do not amortize goodwill. Rather, we test goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis. Testing for impairment is a two-step process as prescribed by SFAS No. 142. The first step is a test for potential impairment, while the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any. Under the guidelines of SFAS No. 142, we are required to perform an impairment test at least on an annual basis at any time during the fiscal year, provided that the test is performed at the same time every year. An impairment loss would be recognized when the assets' fair value is below their carrying value. Based on the testing performed as of December 31, 2005, we believe that no impairment exists. Customer relationships and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to seven years.

Results of Operations

        Our historical financial statements reflect the operating results of our acquisitions from the date of acquisition.

42


        The following tables set forth the results of operations expressed in dollars (in thousands) and as a percentage of revenues, for the periods below:

 
   
   
   
  Nine Months Ended
December 31,

 
 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
Consolidated Statement of Income Data

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2004
  2005
 
Revenues   $ 143,488   $ 178,741   $ 282,456   $ 214,502   $ 200,622  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating costs and expenses:                                
  Cost of revenues     125,515     156,584     250,110     191,166     174,162  
  Selling, general and administrative     7,768     7,819     10,411     6,553     9,246  
  Depreciation and amortization     1,215     1,573     2,699     2,043     2,411  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating costs and expenses     134,498     165,976     263,220     199,762     185,819  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income     8,990     12,765     19,236     14,740     14,803  
Other income (expense):                                
  Other income         8     2     2     29  
  Interest expense—net     (117 )   (261 )   (822 )   (794 )   (1,166 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Income before taxes

 

 

8,873

 

 

12,512

 

 

18,416

 

 

13,948

 

 

13,666

 
Provision for income taxes     (3,437 )   (4,378 )   (7,184 )   (5,409 )   (5,435 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 5,436   $ 8,134   $ 11,232   $ 8,539   $ 8,231  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
   
   
   
  Nine Months Ended
December 31,

 
 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
As a Percentage of Revenues

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2004
  2005
 
Revenues   100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 % 100.0 %
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating costs and expenses:                      
  Cost of revenues   87.5   87.6   88.5   89.1   86.8  
  Selling, general and administrative   5.4   4.4   3.7   3.1   4.6  
  Depreciation and amortization   0.8   0.9   1.0   0.9   1.2  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Total operating costs and expenses   93.7   92.9   93.2   93.1   92.6  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating income   6.3   7.1   6.8   6.9   7.4  
Other income (expense):                      
  Other income     0.0   0.0   0.0   0.0  
  Interest expense—net   (0.1 ) (0.1 ) (0.3 ) (0.4 ) (0.6 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Income before taxes   6.2   7.0   6.5   6.5   6.8  
Provision for income taxes   (2.4 ) (2.4 ) (2.5 ) (2.5 ) (2.7 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   3.8 % 4.6 % 4.0 % 4.0 % 4.1 %
   
 
 
 
 
 

        We generate revenues primarily from services provided by our employees and subcontractors, with services provided by our employees generally yielding higher profits than services provided by our subcontractors. To a lesser degree, we earn revenues through reimbursable travel and other reimbursable direct and indirect costs to support the contractual effort and third-party hardware and software that we purchase and integrate for customers as part of the solutions we provide.

        During fiscal 2005, we recognized $37.4 million of revenues as a result of certain product and service pass-throughs for our customers. Of these pass-through revenues, $20.9 million were attributable to the one-time refurbishment of Reverse Osmosis Water Purification Units, or ROWPUs, for the U.S. Army, $13.1 million were attributable to a sale of commercial off-the-shelf, or COTS, hardware to the U.S. Marine Corps, and $3.4 million were attributable to refurbishment services provided to the U.S.

43



Army. During the nine months ended December 31, 2005, we recognized $0.4 million of pass-through revenues attributable to the refurbishment of ROWPUs for the U.S. Army. Substantially all of the products and services provided to our customers in connection with these revenues were provided by subcontractors and, as a result, our profit margins attributable to these revenues were slightly lower than those generated by our typical contract work.

        Our most significant expense is cost of revenues, which includes the costs of direct labor, subcontractors, materials, equipment, travel and an allocation of indirect costs (other than selling, general and administrative expenses and depreciation). Indirect costs consist primarily of fringe benefits, human resources, recruiting, training, other overhead and certain other non-direct costs which are necessary to provide direct labor. The number and types of personnel, their salaries and other costs, can have a significant impact on our costs of revenues.

        Our selling, general and administrative expenses include costs not directly associated with performing work for our customers. These costs include salaries, wages plus associated fringe benefits, stock-based compensation charges, rent, travel and insurance. Among the functions covered by these expenses are sales, business development, contracts, purchasing, legal, finance, accounting, human resources, information systems and general management. Most of these costs are allowable costs under the cost accounting standards for contracting with the federal government and are recoverable under cost-plus-fee contracts. During fiscal 2005, selling, general and administrative expenses included $1.0 million of expense associated with the forgiveness of certain loans made to executive officers in connection with the purchase by those officers of shares of our common stock.

        In connection with this offering, we expect to recognize additional stock based compensation charges of approximately $                      million based upon an assumed initial public offering price of $                      per share, the mid-point of the price range shown on the front cover of this prospectus.

        Our depreciation and amortization expenses include the amortization of purchased identifiable intangibles in connection with acquisitions, the amortization of restricted stock awards as they vest, the amortization of leasehold improvements and the depreciation of property and equipment purchased in the ordinary course of our business.

        Certain revenues and payments we receive are based on provisional billings and payments that are subject to adjustment after audit. Federal government agencies have the right to challenge our cost estimates and allocation methodologies with respect to government contracts. In addition, contracts with these agencies are subject to audit and possible adjustment to give effect to unallowable costs under cost-plus-fee contracts or to other regulatory requirements affecting both cost-plus-fee and fixed-price contracts.

    Comparison of Results of Operations for the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2004 and 2005

        Revenues.    Our consolidated revenues decreased $13.9 million, or 6.5%, from $214.5 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2004, to $200.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The decrease was primarily due to the inclusion of $36.2 million of pass-through revenues generated in the nine months ended December 31, 2004, partially offset by $10.0 million of increased revenues under our passport services contract, $3.0 million of increased revenues under our Department of Army AWRDS contract, $2.4 million of increased revenues under our Joint Strike Fighter contract and $5.2 million of revenues under a new contract with the Office of the Comptroller of the Currency.

        Cost of Revenues.    Our cost of revenues decreased $17.0 million, or 8.9%, from $191.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2004, to $174.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. This decrease was primarily the result of a $34.4 million reduction in cost of revenues attributable to the decrease in pass-through revenues generated in the nine months ended December 31, 2005, partially offset by the cost of revenues associated with increased services provided under the contracts described above.

44


        Selling, General and Administrative.    Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.7 million, or 41.1%, from $6.6 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2004, to $9.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The largest components of this increase were a $1.0 million increase in accrued incentive compensation, a $0.8 million increase in finance, accounting and human resources and other executive costs and $0.4 million of additional information technology support costs.

        Depreciation and Amortization.    Our depreciation and amortization expense increased $0.4 million, or 18.0%, from $2.0 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2004, to $2.4 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The increase in depreciation and amortization was due to increased amortization of restricted stock grants during the nine months ended December 31, 2005.

        Operating Income.    Our operating income increased $0.1 million, or 0.4%, from $14.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2004, to $14.8 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The increase was primarily due to improved operating margin from 6.9% during the nine months ended December 31, 2004, to 7.4% during the nine months ended December 31, 2005, due in significant part to the factors described under "Operating Margin" above.

        Interest Expense, Net.    Our net interest expense increased $0.4 million, or 46.9%, from $0.8 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2004, to $1.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. The increase in net interest expense was due to increased borrowing under our revolving credit facility primarily to fund stock repurchases from our ESOP, as well as a higher interest rate environment.

    Comparison of Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2004 and 2005

        Revenues.    Our consolidated revenues increased $103.7 million, or 58.0%, from $178.7 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, or fiscal 2004, to $282.5 million for fiscal 2005. The increase was attributable to the inclusion of $37.4 million of pass-through revenues in fiscal 2005, an additional $41.8 million of increased revenues resulting from a full year of results of FSC, $3.8 million of revenues generated under a new contract with a classified customer, $6.2 million of additional revenues under our LOGJAMSS contract and expansion of revenues under our passport services contract and our Joint Strike Fighter contract.

        Cost of Revenues.    Our cost of revenues increased $93.5 million, or 59.7%, from $156.6 million for fiscal 2004 to $250.1 million for fiscal 2005. The increase was attributable to $35.0 million of costs associated with the pass-through revenues described above, an additional $37.6 million of costs resulting from a full year of FSC operations and costs attributable to increased services provided under the contracts described above.

        Selling, General and Administrative.    Our selling, general and administrative expenses increased $2.6 million, or 33.2%, from $7.8 million for fiscal 2004 to $10.4 million for fiscal 2005. Of the increase, $1.0 million was attributable to the forgiveness of loans to officers as described above. The remainder of the increase was primarily attributable to $1.0 million of additional staffing costs and $0.4 of additional bid and proposal expenses. Due to economies of scale and cost savings resulting from the acquisition of FSC, our selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 4.4% for fiscal 2004 to 3.7% for fiscal 2005.

        Depreciation and Amortization.    Our depreciation and amortization expense increased $1.1 million, or 71.6%, from $1.6 million for fiscal 2004 to $2.7 million for fiscal 2005. The increase in depreciation and amortization resulted primarily from the amortization associated with identified intangibles recorded in connection with the acquisition of FSC.

45



        Operating Income.    Our operating income increased $6.5 million, or 50.7%, from $12.8 million for fiscal 2004 to $19.2 million for fiscal 2005. The increase was primarily due to the increase in revenues described above. Operating income as a percentage of revenues decreased from 7.1% for fiscal 2004 to 6.8% for fiscal 2005, primarily due to lower operating margins attributable to the factors described under "Operating Margin" above.

        Interest Expense, Net.    Our net interest expense increased $0.6 million, or 214.9%, from $0.3 million for fiscal 2004 to $0.8 million for fiscal 2005. The increase in net interest expense was primarily due to an increase in outstanding levels of indebtedness incurred to finance the acquisition of FSC, partially offset by $0.4 million of derivative gains resulting from an interest rate swap entered into in March 2004.

        Income Taxes.    Income taxes reflect an effective tax rate of 35.0% and 39.0% for fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, respectively. The lower tax rate in fiscal 2004 was the result of an over-accrual of prior year deferred tax balances, which resulted in an unusually low tax rate for fiscal 2004.

    Comparison of Results of Operations for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2003 and 2004

        Revenues.    Our consolidated revenues increased $35.2 million, or 24.6%, from $143.5 million for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2003, or fiscal 2003, to $178.7 million for fiscal 2004. Of the increase, $8.7 million was attributable to the inclusion of a full year of results after the acquisition of CCI and $15.6 million was attributable to the inclusion of a partial year of results after the acquisition of FSC. The remaining $10.9 million increase was attributable to additional revenue generated under new and existing contracts.

        Cost of Revenues.    Our cost of revenues increased $31.1 million, or 24.8%, from $125.5 million for fiscal 2003 to $156.6 million for fiscal 2004. This increase was primarily a corresponding result of the increase in revenues described above.

        Selling, General and Administrative.    Our selling, general and administrative expenses remained relatively unchanged at $7.8 million for fiscal 2003 and for fiscal 2004. Due to economies of scale and cost savings resulting from the acquisitions, our selling, general and administrative expenses as a percentage of revenues decreased from 5.4% for fiscal 2003 to 4.4% for fiscal 2004.

        Depreciation and Amortization.    Our depreciation and amortization expenses increased $0.4 million, or 29.5%, from $1.2 million for fiscal 2003 to $1.6 million for fiscal 2004. The increase in depreciation and amortization resulted primarily from the amortization associated with identified intangibles recorded as a result of the acquisitions referred to above.

        Operating Income.    Our operating income increased $3.8 million, or 42.0%, from $9.0 million for fiscal 2003 to $12.8 million for fiscal 2004. The increase was primarily driven by increased revenues and improved operating margins during fiscal 2004. Operating margin increased from 6.3% for fiscal 2003 to 7.1% for fiscal 2004, due in significant part to the factors described under "Operating Margin" above.

Seasonality

        Our revenues and operating income have typically been positively affected in the quarter ending March 31 due to an increase in the volume of revenues generated under our contract with the Department of State for the provision of passport services, as the demand for processing and delivery of U.S. passports typically increases during this quarter.

46



Inflation

        We do not believe that inflation has had a material effect on our business in fiscal 2003, fiscal 2004 or fiscal 2005.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

        Our primary liquidity needs are to finance the costs of operations pending the billing and collection of accounts receivable, to service our debt, to make capital expenditures and to make selective strategic acquisitions. As described in "Use of Proceeds", a significant portion of the proceeds of this offering will be used to repay indebtedness incurred by us to, among other things, finance the acquisition of Morgan.

        Based upon our current operations, we expect that our cash flow from operations, together with the available proceeds from amounts we are able to borrow under our credit facility, will be adequate to meet our anticipated needs for the foreseeable future. In addition, we expect that our cash flow from operations will be adequate to meet all contractual obligations under the credit facility and our operating leases. Although we have no specific plans to do so, to the extent we decide to pursue one or more significant strategic acquisitions, we will likely need to incur additional debt or sell additional equity.

        Cash Flow

        Accounts receivable represents our largest working capital requirement. We bill most of our customers monthly after services are rendered. Our operating cash flow is primarily affected by the overall profitability of our contracts, our ability to invoice and collect from our customers in a timely manner, and our ability to manage our vendor payments. Historically we have not maintained a cash balance, but have applied all of our operating cash flow to reduce indebtedness under our outstanding lines of credit, often on a daily basis. After completion of this offering and the application of the proceeds as described under "Use of Proceeds", we expect to continue this practice for so long as we have debt outstanding under our lines of credit.

 
  Nine Months Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 1.3   $ 7.7  
Net cash used in investing activities   $ (0.6 ) $ (4.5 )
Net cash used in financing activities   $ (0.7 ) $ (3.2 )

        Net cash provided by operating activities of $7.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005, primarily reflected our net income for that period. During that nine-month period, a $6.9 million increase in accounts receivable was offset by a $6.8 million increase in accrued expenses. For the nine months ended December 31, 2004, net cash provided by operating activities of $1.3 million primarily consisted of our net income and a $4.2 million increase in accrued expenses, offset by a decrease in accounts payable of $8.5 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities of $4.5 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005, consisted of a $0.6 million earnout payment in connection with our acquisition of CCI and leasehold improvements and investments in information technology infrastructure related to our new headquarters facility. Net cash used in investing activities of $0.6 million in the nine months ended December 31, 2004, consisted of investments in equipment in the ordinary course of our business.

47



        Net cash used in financing activities of $3.2 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005 and $0.7 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2004, primarily consisted of net borrowings under our line of credit to repurchase stock primarily from our ESOP.

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in millions)

 
Net cash provided by operating activities   $ 11.0   $ 5.6   $ 3.5  
Net cash used in investing activities   $ (6.4 ) $ (29.7 ) $ (1.0 )
Net cash provided by (used in) financing activities   $ (4.6 ) $ 24.0   $ (2.5 )

        Net cash provided by operating activities of $3.5 million for fiscal 2005 primarily reflected our net income and an increase of $2.2 million in accrued expenses, offset by an increase in working capital requirements caused by a $10.3 million increase in accounts receivable and a $6.1 million decrease in accounts payable. Net cash provided by operating activities of $5.6 million for fiscal 2004 reflected our net income and an increase in accounts payable of $1.8 million, offset by a decrease in accrued expenses of $4.5 million and an increase in prepaid and other current assets of $1.1 million. Net cash provided by operating activities of $11.0 million for fiscal 2003 reflected our net income, an increase in accounts payable of $4.5 million and an increase in accrued expenses of $4.7 million, offset by an increase in accounts receivable of $4.5 million and a decrease in interest and taxes payable of $2.3 million.

        Net cash used in investing activities of $1.0 million for fiscal 2005 consisted of the purchase of equipment in the ordinary course of business. Net cash used in investing activities of $29.7 million for fiscal 2004 consisted of $27.2 million to complete the acquisition of FSC, a $1.3 million earnout payment in connection with our acquisition of CCI and $1.1 million to purchase equipment in the ordinary course of business. Net cash used in investing activities of $6.4 million in fiscal 2003 consisted primarily of $5.6 million to complete the acquisition of CCI and $0.8 million to purchase equipment in the ordinary course of business.

        Net cash used in financing activities of $2.5 million for fiscal 2005 consisted of $4.5 million used to repurchase stock, primarily from our ESOP, offset primarily by $1.9 million of net borrowings under our line of credit in connection with working capital management. Net cash provided by financing activities of $24.0 million for fiscal 2004 consisted of $17.8 million of net borrowings under our line of credit and $8.0 million of borrowings under a long-term note, both primarily in connection with the acquisition of FSC. The cash provided by these borrowings was offset by $1.8 million used to repurchase stock, primarily from our ESOP. Net cash used in financing activities of $4.6 million in fiscal 2003 consisted of the net repayment of $5.2 million of outstanding indebtedness, as well as $0.5 million used to repurchase stock, primarily from our ESOP. These uses were offset by, among other things, $0.7 million of proceeds from the exercise of options to purchase our common stock.

    Credit Facility and Borrowing Capacity

        On February 16, 2006, in order to finance our acquisition of Morgan and to refinance our then-outstanding indebtedness, we entered into a new senior credit facility that included a $50.0 million revolving credit facility. As of March 31, 2006, we had $100.0 million of term loan indebtedness outstanding under our senior credit facility. As of March 31, 2006, our borrowing availability under the revolving portion of our senior credit facility was $39.5 million (including outstanding letters of credit). The obligations under our senior credit facility are unconditionally guaranteed by each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized subsidiaries and secured on a first-priority basis by security interests (subject to permitted liens) in substantially all assets owned by us and each of our subsidiaries, subject to limited exceptions.

48


        Under the terms of the credit facility, we are entitled to request an increase in the size of the credit facility by an amount not greater than $75 million in the aggregate. If any lender elects not to increase its commitment under the credit facility, we may designate another bank or other financial institution to become a party to the credit facility.

        The credit agreement also contains a number of affirmative and restrictive covenants including limitations on mergers, consolidations and dissolutions; sales of assets; investments and acquisitions; indebtedness and liens; repurchases of shares of capital stock and options to purchase shares of capital stock; transactions with affiliates; sale and leaseback transactions; and restricted payments.

        In addition, the credit agreement provides that we are required to meet the following financial covenants:

    a fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of not less than 1.50 to 1.00, based upon the ratio of (i) consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) less the actual amount paid by us and our subsidiaries in cash on account of capital expenditures and taxes over the period consisting of the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to the determination date to (ii) consolidated cash interest expense for such period, scheduled principal payments required to be made on consolidated total debt during such period and certain restricted payments paid during such period;

    a maximum leverage ratio based upon the ratio of (i) consolidated total debt to (ii) consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement), which will require us to maintain a ratio of 4.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to December 31, 2006, a ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2006, and on or prior to December 31, 2007, and a ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2007; and

    a minimum consolidated net worth equal to the sum of (i) 85% of our consolidated net worth as at December 31, 2005, (ii) 50% of consolidated net income on a cumulative basis for all preceding fiscal quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006, and (iii) 100% of the amount by which our total stockholders' equity is increased as result of any public or private offering of our common stock after the closing date.

        Our senior credit facility, including the definition of consolidated EBITDA, is described in more detail under "Description of Certain Indebtedness".

        As described under "Use of Proceeds", we intend to use a significant portion of the proceeds from this offering to repay all of the outstanding indebtedness under our senior credit facility.

Capital Expenditures

        We have relatively low capital expenditure requirements. Our capital expenditures were $0.8 million, $1.2 million and $1.0 million for fiscal 2003, fiscal 2004 and fiscal 2005, respectively, and $3.8 million for the nine months ended December 31, 2005. Substantially all of these expenditures consisted of leasehold improvements and purchases of office equipment, which were higher in the nine months ended December 31, 2005, due to investments made in connection with our relocation to a new headquarters facility.

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

        We do not have any off-balance sheet arrangements.

49



Contractual Obligations and Other Commitments

        The following table details our projected payments for our significant contractual obligations as of March 31, 2005. The table is based upon available information and certain assumptions we believe to be reasonable.

 
  Payments due by Period
 
  Total
  Less than
1 year

  1–3 years
  4–5 years
  More than
5 years

 
  (in thousands)

Long-term debt obligations   $ 8,833   $ 1,000   $ 3,000   $ 2,000   $ 2,833
Capital lease obligations     174     87     86     1    
Operating lease obligations     30,963     4,499     12,306     5,901     8,257
Purchase obligations     41,213     28,740     12,472        
   
 
 
 
 
  Total   $ 81,183   $ 34,326   $ 27,864   $ 7,902   $ 11,090
   
 
 
 
 

        The lease of our new headquarters facility represents $16.5 million of the total operating lease obligations set forth above, which does not include $2.1 million that would be payable by us if we exercise an option to terminate this lease in 2010. Certain other lease obligations constitute reimbursable costs under contracts with our customers.

        In the normal course of our business, we enter into agreements with subcontractors and vendors to provide products and services that we consume in our operations or that are delivered to our customers. Purchase obligations set forth in the table consist of over 300 outstanding purchase orders, the majority of which are with subcontractors and none of which exceeds $3.0 million. These products and services are not considered unconditional obligations until the products and services are actually delivered, at which time we record a liability for our obligation.

Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk

        Our principal exposure to market risk relates to changes in interest rates. From time to time, we enter into interest rate swap, interest rate lock and cap agreements to effectively limit exposure to interest rate movements within the parameters of our interest rate hedging policy. As of March 31, 2006, all of the outstanding debt under our senior credit facility was subject to floating interest rate risk. In March 2004, we entered into an interest rate swap agreement covering $10.0 million of our indebtedness and, in March 2006, we entered into three interest rate swap agreements collectively covering $50.0 million of our indebtedness, with terms of one, two and six years, respectively. Even after giving effect to these agreements, we are exposed to risks due to fluctuations in the market value of these agreements and changes in interest rates with respect to the portion of our senior credit facility that is not covered by these agreements. A hypothetical change in the interest rate of 100 basis points would have changed annual cash interest expense by $0.2 million.

Recent Accounting Pronouncements

        In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board, or FASB, issued SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment, or SFAS No. 123R, which replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. SFAS No. 123R requires compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions to be recognized in the financial statements. With limited exceptions, the amount of compensation cost is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. SFAS No. 123R requires liability awards to be remeasured each reporting period and compensation costs to be recognized over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award. SFAS No. 123R is effective for us as of the beginning of our fiscal year that begins April 1, 2006. We will adopt the provisions of SFAS

50



No. 123R on a prospective basis during the fiscal year beginning April 1, 2006, and we are currently evaluating the effect that adoption of this statement will have on our financial position and results of operations.

        In March 2005, the SEC issued Staff Accounting Bulletin, or SAB, No. 107, Share-Based Payment, or SAB 107. SAB 107 provides guidance to assist registrants in the initial implementation of SFAS 123R. SAB 107 includes, but is not limited to, interpretive guidance related to share-based payment transactions with non-employees, valuation methods and underlying expected volatility and expected term assumptions, the classification of compensation expense and accounting for the income tax effects of share-based arrangements upon adopting SFAS 123R.

        In May 2005, the FASB issued SFAS No. 154, Accounting Changes and Error Corrections, which requires retrospective application of all voluntary changes in accounting principles to all periods presented, rather than using a cumulative catch-up adjustment as currently required for most accounting changes under APB Opinion 20, Accounting Changes. This Statement replaces APB Opinion No. 20 and SFAS No. 3, Reporting Accounting Changes in Interim Financial Statements, and will be effective for accounting changes and error corrections made in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005.

        In June 2005, the FASB approved Emerging Issues Task Force Issue No. 05-06, Determining the Amortization Period for Leasehold Improvements, or EITF 05-06. EITF 05-06 provides guidance on determining the amortization period for leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination or acquired subsequent to lease inception. The guidance requires that leasehold improvements acquired in a business combination or purchased subsequent to the inception of a lease be amortized over the lesser of the useful life of the assets or a term that includes renewals that are reasonably assured at the date of the business combination or purchase. The guidance is effective for periods beginning after June 29, 2005. EITF 05-06 is not expected to have a material impact on our financial position, results of operations or cash flows.

        Several other new accounting standards became effective during the periods presented or will be effective subsequent to December 31, 2005. None of these new standards had or is expected to have a significant impact on our financial position, results of operation or cash flows.

51



BUSINESS

Company Overview

        We provide information technology services and solutions to U.S. defense and federal civilian government agencies. We offer our customers solutions and expertise to support their mission-essential needs at any stage of program, product development or business lifecycle through five service areas: systems engineering, enterprise integration, operational logistics, business process outsourcing and advanced engineering and technology. As a systems integrator, we apply these five service areas to enable our customers to achieve interoperability between different business processes and information technology systems.

        We were founded in 1966 and have established long-standing, successful relationships with our federal government customers. We currently have 194 active contractual engagements across 30 federal government agencies. Our customers include the Department of Defense (including all major agencies within the Department of Defense), the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Justice, the Department of State, the Department of Transportation, the Department of the Treasury and NASA. We have served customers that provided over 90% of our revenues for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, or fiscal 2005, for an average of approximately twelve years.

        For fiscal 2005, we derived approximately 70% of our revenues from the Department of Defense, including agencies within the intelligence community, and approximately 30% of our revenues from federal civilian government agencies. Our contract with the Department of State for the provision of passport processing and support services, which is our largest revenue-generating contract, accounted for approximately 15% of our revenues for fiscal 2005. For fiscal 2005, our top ten revenue-generating contracts accounted for approximately 55% of our revenues. Aside from our contract for passport processing and support services, no single contract exceeded 8% of our revenues for fiscal 2005. We acted as the prime contractor on contractual engagements that provided approximately 83% of our revenues for fiscal 2005. In February 2006 we completed the acquisition of Morgan Research Corporation, or Morgan, which provides us with access to new customers and enables us to offer an expanded suite of services to our customers.

        From fiscal year ended March 31, 1996, through fiscal 2005, we increased our revenues at a compound annual growth rate of 34.6%, and we have been profitable in every year during that period. Our revenues for fiscal 2005 were $282.5 million. Our actual revenues and our revenues after giving pro forma effect to our acquisition of Morgan, for the nine months ended December 31, 2005, were $200.6 million and $251.7 million, respectively. As of December 31, 2005, our pro forma funded backlog was $176.5 million. For a discussion of how we calculate backlog, see "—Backlog".

        We believe that we derive our revenue growth in large part from the strength of our approach to customer account management, our technical expertise and our past performance. Over the 24 month period ended April 30, 2006, we have won 100% of competitively awarded contracts on which we were the incumbent. For the twelve months ended April 30, 2006, we achieved an overall win rate, including the incumbent contracts referred to above, of approximately 64%. For a discussion of how we calculate our win rate, see "—Business Development". In 2005, we were chosen as the Mid-Size Contractor of the Year at the Greater Washington Government Contractor Awards, organized by the Northern Virginia Government Contractors Council, a part of the Fairfax County Chamber of Commerce, the Professional Services Council, an industry organization, and Washington Technology, an independent government information technology publication.

        We emphasize three essential attributes—a commitment to strong partnerships, integrity in all dealings and results for our clients—in order to develop long-term relationships with our customers and achieve the highest quality workforce in our industry. Our senior management team has an average

52



tenure with our company of more than twelve years and includes a core group of senior executives who have built our company over the course of the past two decades. Our team has also been supplemented with strategic hires and is supported by a high quality staff of approximately 2,300 employees. A majority of our senior management team, including our chief executive officer, have served in the U.S. armed forces, and this experience has provided us with significant knowledge of these organizations. As of March 31, 2006, approximately 53% of our employees held Secret or Top Secret clearances, which are necessary to work on classified contracts. Additionally, our management team and our employees have a personal stake in our continued growth and success, as prior to this offering they owned substantially all of, and following this offering they will continue to own a significant portion of, our common stock.

Our Market Opportunity

        The federal government is the largest purchaser of information technology services and solutions in the United States. Information technology accounts for a significant portion of the federal government's spending, and, according to INPUT, an independent federal government market research firm, federal government information technology spending is expected to grow from $75.4 billion in federal fiscal year 2005 to $93.4 billion in federal fiscal year 2011. Of the total information technology spending, INPUT forecasts that the contracted-out portion will grow from $63.3 billion in federal fiscal year 2006 to $80.5 billion in federal fiscal year 2011. Information technology professional services and outsourcing, which are the primary components of our systems integration services, are expected by INPUT to be among the fastest growing segments of the federal information technology market in the next five years.

        We believe that over the next several years the continued increase in the federal government's demand for information technology services and solutions will be primarily driven by the following factors:

    Increased Spending on National Defense, Intelligence and Homeland Security

        The continuing Global War on Terror and increased focus on U.S. border security have intensified the federal government's commitment to strengthen our country's military, intelligence and homeland security capabilities and increased the need for systems integration solutions capable of supporting this commitment. According to INPUT, national defense, intelligence and homeland security spending is projected to continue to grow over the next several years as the Global War on Terror, including the demand for intelligence capabilities and reconstruction efforts in Afghanistan and Iraq, defense transformation and homeland security remain high priorities for the federal government. We believe that the Department of Defense, the Department of Homeland Security and agencies within the intelligence community are increasingly interested in enterprise solutions that enable better coordination and communication within and among agencies and departments and a significant portion of this spending is expected to be dedicated to improving information security, systems interoperability and networking and knowledge management.

    Demand for Greater Government Efficiency and Effectiveness

        Federal government agencies are under increasing pressure from the Office of Management and Budget to be more efficient and effective, and as a result they are re-engineering their business processes, consolidating redundant systems, upgrading their information technology capabilities and expanding e-government services. As an example of this trend, the Department of Homeland Security has sought to modernize its legacy systems, improve security, enhance business intelligence capabilities and institute mature software development processes. In addition, in order to enhance efficiency, the federal government has increased its use of lower cost, open architecture systems using commercial off-

53


the-shelf, or COTS, hardware and software, which are displacing the single purpose, custom systems historically favored by the federal government and driving demand for systems integration services.

        In addition to these trends, federal government agencies continue to adopt more streamlined acquisition processes. These changes provide increased flexibility and enable our customers to award contracts and associated task orders based on factors other than price alone, such as successful past performance, technical capabilities and a contractor's ability to understand and support a particular customer's mission-essential requirements.

    Increased Federal Government Reliance on Outsourcing

        According to INPUT, federal information technology outsourcing expenditures will experience the largest growth among the different segments of information technology services and will increase from $13.3 billion in federal fiscal year 2006 to $17.7 billion by federal fiscal year 2011. Contributing to this growth, INPUT estimates that more than 45% of federal information technology workers will be eligible to retire by federal fiscal year 2008, further straining federal government personnel resources and increasing reliance on external providers. Federal agencies are striving to maintain their core functions and meet efficiency and effectiveness demands, including information technology upgrade and competitive sourcing requirements, with limited technical resources and a shrinking workforce. As a result, federal government agencies are increasingly adopting outsourcing of information technology services as part of broader systems integration and business process improvement initiatives.

    Increased Emphasis on Defense System Sustainment and Modernization

        To balance the costs of new initiatives with the costs of ongoing military operations, the Department of Defense is emphasizing upgrading existing platforms to next generation technologies rather than procuring completely new systems. For example, rather than replacing certain maritime command and control systems in its fleet, the U.S. Navy has invested in significant upgrades, using the latest information technology and weapons systems. To achieve these upgrades in an environment of military support personnel reductions, the armed services are increasingly dependent on highly skilled contractors that can provide the full spectrum of information technology services and solutions needed to support these activities. In addition, we expect that the increased use of equipment by today's armed forces will result in significant new demand for weapons sustainment services required to maintain weapons system readiness.

Our Competitive Strengths

        We believe that we are distinguished by the following key competitive strengths:

    Strong Presence in Key Strategic Areas and Deep Knowledge of Our Diverse Customer Base

        We provide services in areas that we believe are a high priority for the federal government, such as defense transformation, homeland security and the Global War on Terror, and we believe that our extensive experience with our customers provides us with significant insight into their missions and needs. We have served customers that provided over 90% of our revenues for fiscal 2005 for an average of approximately twelve years, and currently have contractual engagements across 30 federal government agencies. Through these long-standing relationships, we have developed an extensive knowledge of our customers' business processes and information technology architectures, which enables us to deliver innovative integrated solutions to meet their changing needs. The ability to apply experience gained from previous contractual engagements across a diverse customer base is a key criterion in federal government evaluation of companies providing these services.

54


    Outstanding Record of Past Performance Fueling Growth

        We have a strong record of past performance with our government customers, as evidenced by our customer surveys and feedback. In 2005, we were chosen as the Mid-Size Contractor of the Year at the Greater Washington Government Contractor Awards. Our emphasis on customer satisfaction is reflected by a win rate of 100% over the 24 month period ended April 30, 2006, on competitively awarded contracts on which we were the incumbent. Our past performance, combined with our technical expertise, has enabled us to achieve 14 consecutive years of revenue growth and profitability.

    Experienced Management Team and Highly-Skilled Workforce

        Our senior management team has an average tenure with our company of more than twelve years and includes a core group of senior executives who have built our company over the course of the past two decades. A majority of our senior management team, including our chief executive officer, have served in the U.S. armed forces, and this experience has provided us with significant knowledge of these organizations. We have also supplemented our team with strategic hires. In addition, we have a long-standing commitment to employee development, and have implemented a broad range of internal training programs focusing on technical, managerial and account management skills, including discrete programs for our program managers, supervisors and business development personnel, always with a strong focus on customer service and satisfaction. As of March 31, 2006, approximately 53% of our employees held Secret or Top Secret clearances, which are necessary to work on classified contracts.

    Proven Business Development Infrastructure

        We have developed systems and processes modeled after industry best practices to successfully market, develop, acquire and expand contracts with the federal government. The Stanley account management process represents a disciplined, team-based approach to customer relationships and business development, and emphasizes our contribution to the strategic organizational objectives of the customer. We support our business development professionals, who are highly experienced in marketing to our government customers, with business intelligence resources and systems and processes that include a capture management system providing real-time reporting of pipeline and bid status. As a result, for the twelve months ended April 30, 2006, we achieved an overall win rate, including bids where we were the incumbent contractor, of approximately 64%. We believe that our ability to collaborate internally, our dedicated support staff and our consistent processes make us particularly well-suited to take advantage of increasingly streamlined government procurement procedures.

    Proven Track Record of Acquisitions and Integration

        We believe that an integral part of our growth is our ability to identify, acquire and integrate companies that expand our systems integration capabilities and provide us with access to new customers and contract vehicles. We have disciplined acquisition processes for identifying, acquiring and integrating target companies and successfully growing these businesses post-acquisition. Our disciplined approach to acquisitions also ensures that we align not only the systems of a target company but also its culture in order to retain and expand both our customer and employee bases.

    Commitment to Corporate Culture

        Our success as a systems integrator and provider of information technology services and solutions is highly dependent on our employees. We have a culture focused on long-term relationships with our customers and achieving the highest quality workforce in our industry. We believe we have been successful in developing a culture that focuses on developing our employees throughout their career and promoting them within our organization. We emphasize three essential attributes—a commitment to strong partnerships, integrity in all our dealings and results for our clients. We reinforce these

55


principles regularly in our recruiting process, training programs, proposals, company meetings and internal communications. Additionally, our management team and our employees have a personal stake in our continued growth and success, as prior to this offering they owned substantially all of, and following this offering they will continue to own a significant portion of, our common stock.

    Corporate Infrastructure Positioned for Growth

        During the past several years we have made significant investments in our corporate infrastructure in anticipation of future growth. These investments include ISO 9001 certified processes, internal controls, sales and marketing and account management processes, effective web-based project management tools and recent relocation to an expanded headquarters. We believe that our management experience and corporate infrastructure are indicative of a company with much larger revenues than ours, and we anticipate that as our business expands we will leverage this infrastructure to increase our operating margins and capitalize on operational efficiencies.

Our Business Strategy

        Our strategy is to continue to profitably grow our business as a provider of information technology services and solutions to the federal government and to focus on our strength as a systems integrator providing lifecycle solutions to our customers. Key elements of our strategy include:

    Focusing on Opportunities to Support Mission-Essential Programs as a Prime Contractor

        We have a proud heritage of providing mission-essential support for federal government customers as a prime contractor, and as a result we have developed specialized expertise in the systems, business processes and requirements of our clients. For example, since 1994 we have provided information technology support as a prime contractor for the U.S. Army's pre-positioned war materiel and war-fighting assets, with personnel assigned around the globe. By acting as prime contractor on this engagement, we have developed a deep functional understanding of the U.S. Army's requirements and goals in this area. We believe that these types of experiences place us in a strong position to win future prime contractor engagements, and we will continue to leverage our understanding of customer requirements to support mission-essential programs as a prime contractor. We also believe that our systems integration capabilities position us to compete more effectively as a prime contractor on government acquisitions and we intend to aggressively target programs that provide this opportunity.

    Cross-Selling Services and Expanding Customer Presence

        We will continue our practice of cross-selling services to expand the breadth and depth of our customer engagements and create opportunities to provide additional solutions to our customers. We will continue to utilize our centralized account management process, which is a highly disciplined, team-based approach to customer relationship management, to enhance our understanding of our customers' needs among our division managers, program managers and customer segment leads, enabling them to offer our customers our full range of service expertise. This team will work cooperatively to generate new sales and internal growth within existing customer contracts, and will play an essential role in our ongoing efforts to cross-sell services to both existing and new customers.

    Expanding Our Customer and Contract Base

        Our current contract base includes twelve prime contractor positions on government-wide acquisition contracts, or GWACs, and agency-specific indefinite delivery/indefinite quantity, or ID/IQ, contracts. We intend to aggressively pursue task orders under these vehicles in order to maximize our revenue and strengthen our customer relationships. We believe that our ability to provide advanced engineering and technical solutions to our customers, our strong past performance record and our

56


knowledge of our clients' needs position us to win additional task orders under these prime contract vehicles. We also intend to expand our contract base into areas with significant growth opportunities by leveraging our industry reputation and long-term client relationships. We anticipate that this expansion will enable us to pursue additional higher value work and further diversify our revenue base across the federal government. Our long-term relationships with federal government agencies, together with our GWAC and ID/IQ vehicles, give us opportunities to win contracts with new clients.

    Being an Employer of Choice and Developing Top Talent

        Our practice is to promote people from within our company, which we believe fosters a culture of investing in our employees. To ensure that we have future leadership, we will continue to develop our managerial workforce at the task, project, program and executive level through ongoing company-sponsored training and development programs. In addition, we intend to continue to attract and retain skilled professionals, including managers, engineers, analysts, programmers, technicians and support specialists, in order to ensure that we are able to meet our customers' needs. We believe we can continue to retain our employees by offering competitive compensation and incentive plans, opportunities for career growth, company-supported education programs, and challenging work assignments at over 100 locations around the world.

    Pursuing Strategic Acquisitions

        We will continue to pursue strategic acquisitions that complement and broaden our existing client base, increase our presence in strategic geographic markets, expand our capabilities as a systems integrator and provide access to prime contract vehicles. We employ a disciplined methodology to evaluate and select acquisition candidates and have used it to make four strategic acquisitions since 2000: our acquisition of GCI in January 2000, our acquisition of CCI in September 2002, our acquisition of FSC in December 2003 and our acquisition of Morgan in February 2006. Each acquired company enhanced our services portfolio, broadened our customer base and expanded the geographic reach of our company.

Our Services

        As a systems integrator, our service portfolio is comprised of five service areas, each customizable to meet unique client needs. These are systems engineering, enterprise integration, operational logistics, business process outsourcing and advanced engineering and technology. Our end-to-end information technology services provide our customers with solutions throughout the design, build, delivery, and operation and modernization stages of a program. By combining knowledge and successful implementation of best-of-breed processes with intelligent application of emergent technologies, we help our customers meet critical goals and milestones on time and within budget in support of their operational objectives.

    Systems Engineering

        Our systems engineering services apply formal engineering methods and practices to analyze, design, develop, deploy and modernize information systems providing high-end capability for Command, Control, Communications, Computers, Intelligence, Surveillance and Reconnaissance, or C4ISR, functions, operations, logistics and business systems. Systems engineering activities are provided by teams of senior system, software, data and communications engineers who are supported by cleared personnel, infrastructure and facilities.

        Our systems engineering business has been independently assessed at a CMM Level III proficiency under standards established by the Software Engineering Institute. In addition, some of our systems

57



engineering business units have achieved a CMMI Level III assessment. Our primary systems engineering service offerings are:

    systems design and enterprise architecture development;

    software engineering and development;

    security engineering and information assurance;

    Command and Control, or C2, and C4ISR engineering and integration;

    systems production and deployment;

    information and data engineering and development;

    network and IT infrastructure engineering;

    systems engineering and technical assistance; and

    independent verification and validation.

        For example, we are a prime contractor for the Joint Strike Fighter (JSF) Program Office, which we were awarded in an open competition in 1996. Under this contract, we played an instrumental role in establishing the information technology infrastructure to support the selection of a prime contractor for the JSF Program, which was the largest procurement in Department of Defense history. We also continue to develop, manage, maintain and provide operations support to new and existing information technology systems for the JSF Program.

    Enterprise Integration

        Our enterprise integration services provide interoperability of data, functionality and information management to business processes, users and other information systems in order to support our customers' missions. Enabled by our expert knowledge of COTS packages, which include enterprise resource planning, or ERP, and business process management technologies, we integrate new functionality with existing applications and infrastructure to enhance horizontal interoperability across the enterprise. Our service offerings that support enterprise integration include:

    business process development and workflow automation;

    COTS software integration;

    enterprise content management;

    enterprise application integration;

    document management;

    e-government and e-business solutions; and

    ERP blueprinting, configuration and implementation.

        An example of our enterprise integration services is our contract with the Army National Guard pursuant to which we are responsible for developing and documenting the SAP blueprint for the Army National Guard logistics management system. This blueprint will form the basis for configuring the logistics system to be implemented globally by the Army National Guard in support of both state contingencies and the Global War on Terror.

    Operational Logistics

        Our operational logistics services provide resource, supply chain, maintenance and sustainment planning, management and support to federal government customers, principally to U.S. military

58


operations. Our solution sets include personnel with broad logistics experience, a family of proven logistics business applications and logistics engineers, and support personnel dedicated to our customers' missions. Our operational logistics service offerings include:

    logistics engineering;

    logistics business systems;

    system fielding and lifecycle support;

    training program support;

    supply management and warehouse operations;

    maintenance engineering;

    documentation and e-manual development; and

    large-scale military deployment planning and embarkation support.

        For example, we recently received our fourth contract award for the Army War Reserve Deployment System and Automated Battlebook System, whereby we manage an enterprise information management system used by land-based and afloat depot personnel at U.S. Army pre-positioning sites. This system coordinates the readiness and deployment of more then $22 billion of U.S. Army weapons systems and utilizes a web-based architecture linking approximately 21 remote facilities in eleven countries with Army Field Support Command headquarters, providing centralized, global visibility of these assets. This program is critical for the distribution of prepositioned equipment to U.S. Army war-fighting units.

    Business Process Outsourcing

        Our business process outsourcing services offer engineers, analysts and subject-matter experts in key business functions, such as requirements analysis, project and program management, operational support, administration and budgeting. Our business process outsourcing team members bring with them proven techniques for process and product improvement, which we believe continue to enhance organizational performance after the contractual engagement's goals have been achieved. Our business process outsourcing service offerings include:

    facility operations;

    business process improvement;

    program and project management;

    functional analysis; and

    developmental and operational test and evaluation.

        For example, for the past 14 years we have been a prime contractor supporting the processing of U.S. passports. We provide nationwide passport processing and support services in the areas of high-volume document processing, digital passport production, systems administration, equipment maintenance, logistics and other services. As a result of the expansion of this project, we now support all 16 of the federal government's processing centers and agencies. We have won two recompetitions on this project since we received the original contract award.

    Advanced Engineering and Technology

        Our advanced engineering and technology capabilities deliver expert analysis, design, prototyping and engineering to the U.S. defense and federal civilian government customers implementing

59


state-of-the-art and emergent technologies to enhance information exchange, interoperability, data-sharing capabilities, C4ISR and weapons systems effectiveness. Our primary advanced engineering and technology offerings are:

    sensor integration;

    service oriented architectures;

    microsystems design/development;

    fiber/electro optics;

    microelectronics; and

    domain and situational awareness.

        For example, these capabilities were a critical part of our design and development of a network management and control system for a classified customer. Other advanced engineering and technology offerings facilitate warhead technology assessment, concept development and analysis, and technology testing performed for the U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command.

Qualifications

        We apply proven and repeatable quality control and management processes to ensure effective and efficient solution delivery for our clients. The foundation of this effort is our Quality Management System, or QMS, which operates in accordance with industry methodologies, including ISO 9001-2000, Six Sigma, and Lean Manufacturing, as well as the Software Engineering Institute's CMMI Level III. We apply QMS to our contract and task management procedures, operations support, systems and software engineering and systems integration. Our program managers have been trained to adapt CMMI Level III to the evolving technology, practices and priorities of our customers, thereby mitigating program and task risk, while retaining its core principles and processes. In particular, we have adapted QMS to meet the specific integration needs of the JSF Program Office, the U.S. Marine Corps, the U.S. Army, the Department of State and other federal civilian government customers.

Select Customer Engagements

    Department of Defense Customer

        Requirement: A customer at the Department of Defense that we have served for more than ten years sought to outsource the implementation of numerous enterprise solutions to achieve a collaborative computing environment that provides seamless, secure access to shared information at various locations throughout the organization, as well as to provide consistent tools, standards, configuration management and access to common data and information repositories.

60


        Services Provided:

Systems Engineering   Enterprise Integration
    Systems design and enterprise architecture development       Business process development and workflow automation

 


 

Software engineering and development

 

 


 

COTS integration

 


 

Security engineering and information assurance

 

 


 

Enterprise content management

 


 

Information and data engineering and development

 

 


 

Enterprise application integration

 


 

Network and IT infrastructure engineering

 

 


 

Document management

        Our Solution:    We increased efficiencies for the customer by creating a network that allows several different customer locations to communicate and share information across one secure, integrated platform. This network, the Joint Virtual Enterprise and Wide Area Network, or JVE WAN, was designed, implemented and deployed in a secure and paperless environment for the customer's program office. This network provides secure, high-performance data connections and specific collaborative functionality. We continue to service the ongoing maintenance of the network for the customer.

    Civilian Agency Customer

        Requirement:    Our customer sought to outsource the restructuring of its procurement process. The goal of the contractual engagement was to develop and deploy a paperless procurement environment by upgrading systems and technologies and deploying an integrated system across several operating points.

        Services Provided:

Systems Engineering   Enterprise Integration
    Software engineering and development       COTS integration
    Security engineering and information assurance       Enterprise content management
    Information and data engineering and development       Enterprise application integration
    Network and IT infrastructure engineering       Document management
    Systems design and enterprise architecture development       Business process development and workflow automation
              E-government and e-business solutions

        Our Solution:    In responding to our customer's needs, we designed, developed and deployed a Virtual Office of Acquisitions application in order to improve the efficiency of our customer's procurement process. This involved performing a wide array of information technology services, including e-mail and active directory migration to the customer's common operating environment, design, development and implementation of the customer's extranet, intranet and internet sites and the

61



design and integration of the customer's continuity of operations program site to include disaster recovery, e-mail and critical applications replication and satellite and wireless communications.

    Department of Defense Customer

        Requirement:    Our customer sought to outsource the design, implementation and maintenance of a system that assists in the accountability, inventory and transfer of war-fighting equipment.

        Services Provided:

Systems Engineering   Operational Logistics
    Network and IT infrastructure engineering       Logistics engineering
    Software engineering and development       Logistics business systems
    Systems design and enterprise architecture development       Large-scale military deployment planning and embarkation support
    Security engineering and information assurance       Training program support
    Information and data engineering and development       Supply management and warehouse operations
Enterprise Integration       Maintenance engineering
    Business process development and workflow automation       Documentation and e-manual development

        Our Solution:    We designed and implemented a system to be the primary information source used by customer personnel to manage and issue war-fighting equipment stored at 21 remote facilities located across eleven countries. In performing this function, this program performs more than 2,000,000 transactions per day while providing the customer with visibility of supplies and equipment worth more than $22 billion. It is currently the primary system used by the customer to manage global equipment visibility, facilitating the hand-off of prepositioned equipment to varying defense units. After successful deployment of the systems, we continue to provide maintenance service to ensure ongoing operability.

Strategic Acquisitions

        We have supplemented our internal growth and expanded our service offerings and customer base through four strategic acquisitions since 2000. In January 2000, we acquired GCI Information Services, Inc., broadening our electronic records management services and adding the Department of Commerce and Department of the Treasury as customers. In September 2002, we acquired CCI, Incorporated, expanding our operational logistics portfolio and adding a strong presence with the Naval Air Systems Command. In December 2003, we acquired Fuentez Systems Concepts, Inc., providing us with additional systems engineering, production, integration and C4ISR expertise, and adding the Space and Naval Warfare Systems Command, the Department of Homeland Security and agencies within the intelligence community as our customers.

        Most recently, in February 2006 we completed the acquisition of Morgan. This acquisition provides us with a major presence in Huntsville, Alabama, which, as a result of the Department of Defense's Base Realignment and Closure program, or BRAC, will be the new headquarters of the Army Materiel Command, the Army Space and Missile Defense Command and a substantial portion of the Missile Defense Agency. In addition, this acquisition combines the specialized engineering and technology expertise of Morgan with our systems integration capabilities, and provides us with additional key prime

62



contract vehicles. We believe that this acquisition enables us to provide complementary information technology and systems engineering services and to offer an expanded suite of solutions to our customers.

Customers

        We have successfully established long-standing relationships with many governmental agencies. We currently have 194 active contractual engagements across 30 federal government agencies. Our customers include the Department of Defense (including all major agencies within the Department of Defense), the Department of Health and Human Services, the Department of Homeland Security, the Department of Justice, the Department of State, the Department of Transportation, the Department of the Treasury and NASA. We have served customers that provided over 90% of our revenues for fiscal 2005 for an average of twelve years. We believe our long-standing relationships are due in large part to our customer-centric account management process, our technical expertise and proven performance on individual contracts.

        For fiscal 2005, we derived approximately 70% of our revenues from the Department of Defense, including agencies within the intelligence community, and approximately 30% of our revenues from federal civilian government agencies. Our largest customer group, which includes five separate agencies, is the U.S. Army, which accounted for approximately 29% of revenues for fiscal 2005. Our contract with the Department of State for the provision of passport processing and support services, which is our largest revenue-generating contract, accounted for approximately 15% of our revenues for fiscal 2005. Contracts for which we acted as the prime contractor represented approximately 83% of our revenues for fiscal 2005.

        Our broad customer base includes:

Department of Defense   Federal Civilian Government Agencies
    Defense Information Systems       Department of Commerce
      Agency          
    Joint Strike Fighter Program Office       Department of Energy
    Naval Air Systems Command       Department of Health and Human
                Services
    Naval Sea Systems Command       Department of Homeland Security
    Office of the Secretary of Defense       Department of Justice
    Space and Naval Warfare Systems          
      Command       Department of the Treasury
    U.S. Air Force Materiel Command       Environmental Protection Agency
    U.S. Army Forces Command       Federal Communications Commission
    U.S. Army Materiel Command       Library of Congress
    U.S. Army Reserve Command       National Aeronautics and Space
    U.S. Marine Corps         Administration
    U.S. Transportation Command       Smithsonian Institution

    Various Intelligence Agencies

Business Development

        The Stanley account management process is a highly disciplined, team-based approach to customer relationship management and business development designed to understand our customers, their

63



organizations and their mission. Our scalable process, modeled after industry best practices and refined over years of application, identifies sales opportunities well in advance of contract competition and guides the lead generation and development process, focusing limited resources on achieving growth objectives while providing the basis for making strategic decisions in meeting both existing and new customer needs and opportunities.

        Systems and processes developed in support of our business development process include a capture management system that aggregates customer data throughout the lead identification process and from previous contractual engagements and third party sources, ultimately facilitating the bid decision and proposal process. The system also provides us with real-time reporting of pipeline and bid status. The strategic operations organization also includes a business intelligence function facilitating program account opportunity reviews, sales training, research and competitive analyses.

        Our business development professionals are highly experienced in marketing to our government customers and have extensive knowledge of both the services and solutions we offer, as well as the particular customer's organization, mission, culture and technology initiatives. These professionals also possess a working knowledge of the marketing limitations that are specific to the government arena, including government funding systems, conflict of interest restrictions, procurement integrity limitations and other pertinent procedural requirements. In fulfilling its mission, the business development organization cooperates closely with the various operations groups and other support organizations.

        For the twelve months ended April 30, 2006, we achieved an overall win rate of approximately 64%. Overall win rate represents the number of bids won as a percentage of the total number of bids submitted. We also measure our win rate with respect to competitively awarded contracts on which we are the incumbent contractor. Over the 24 month period ended April 30, 2006, we achieved a win rate of 100% of such contracts.

Existing Contract Profile

    Contract Types

        We currently have 194 active contractual engagements, each employing one of three types of price structures: cost-plus-fee, time-and-materials or fixed-price.

        Cost-Plus-Fee Contracts.    Cost-plus-fee contracts provide for reimbursement of costs, to the extent that such costs are reasonable, allowable and allocable to the contract, and for the payment of a "fee", which essentially represents the profit margin negotiated between the contractor and the contracting agency. There are three basic types of cost-plus-fee contracts. Cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts provide for a negotiated fee that is fixed at inception and does not vary with actual costs. Cost-plus-award-fee contracts provide for a fee consisting of a base amount fixed at inception and an award amount which varies based on the federal government's evaluation of contractor performance. Cost-plus-incentive-fee contracts provide for an initially negotiated fee that is adjusted based on a formula that provides, within limits, for increases or decreases based on the relationship of total allowable costs to target costs.

        Contracts may require completion of defined tasks or performance of a specific number of hours of service. Our total cost incurred on our cost-plus-fee contracts cannot exceed the funded cost ceiling set forth in the contract without the approval of the agency. If a contracted task has not been completed or the specific number of hours of service have not been performed at the time the authorized cost is expended, we may be required to complete the work and be reimbursed for the additional costs with no increase in fee or the fee may be reduced proportionately to the number of hours actually provided. Even though cost-plus-fee contracts are generally thought to involve a relatively low degree of risk, we try to carefully manage our cost-plus-fee contracts to ensure that they

64



are performed within the estimated cost and that the required work is completed and/or the minimum hours are provided.

        Time-and-Materials Contracts.    Under a time-and-materials contract, our compensation is based on a fixed hourly rate established for specified labor or skill categories. We are paid at the established hourly rates for the hours we expend performing the work specified in the contract. Labor costs, overhead, general and administrative costs and profit are included in the fixed hourly rate. Materials, subcontractors, travel and other direct costs are reimbursed at actual costs plus an allocation of indirect costs without fee. We make critical pricing assumptions and decisions when developing and proposing time-and-materials labor rates. We risk incurring a loss of profitability if our actual costs exceed the costs incorporated into the fixed hourly labor rate.

        Fixed-Price Contracts.    In a fixed-price contract, we must complete the work to receive the price, which is fixed and is not affected by the cost of performance. Thus, if our costs are greater than the price, we will suffer a loss and if our price is greater than the costs, we will realize a profit. Because we agree to accept the cost risk for the contract, there is greater risk involved with performing this type of contract. However, if work is performed or solutions are developed more efficiently than anticipated, there is the possibility of receiving higher profit margins than those typically recognized on cost-plus-fee and time-and-materials contracts.

        The following table summarizes our historical contract mix, measured as a percentage of total revenues, for the periods indicated:

 
  Fiscal Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Cost-plus-fee   64 % 68 % 60 %
Time-and-materials   16 % 12 % 11 %
Fixed-price   20 % 20 % 29 %

        Our acquisition of Morgan has resulted in a shift in our contract mix toward a greater percentage of time-and-materials contracts, as indicated by the table set forth below:

 
  12 Months Ended
December 31, 2005

  12 Months Ended
December 31, 2005
(on a pro forma basis)

 
Cost-plus-fee   64 % 58 %
Time-and-materials   18 % 26 %
Fixed-price   18 % 16 %

        Because the customer usually specifies the type of contract for a particular contractual engagement, we generally do not influence the choice of contract type. However, where we do have the opportunity to influence the contract type, and where customer requirements are clear, we prefer time-and-materials and fixed-price arrangements rather than cost-plus-fee arrangements because time-and-materials and fixed-price contracts, as compared with cost-plus-fee contracts, generally provide greater opportunity for the customer to save money and for us to generate higher margins.

    Contract Vehicles

        We compete for task orders through a variety of arrangements, or contract vehicles, including GWACs, blanket purchase agreements, GSA schedules and agency-specific ID/IQ contracts. For a description of these contract vehicles, see "Government Contracting and Regulations". We hold a number of GWACs, agency-specific ID/IQ contracts and GSA schedule contracts. These are popular contract award methods, offering more flexible, cost-effective and rapid procurement processes.

65


        The following table identifies our GWACs, GSA schedule contracts and some of our most significant ID/IQ contracts. The period of performance indicated below includes all option years.

Contract Name

  Host Agency
  Period of
Performance(1)

  Contract Ceiling
Value(2)

AMCOM Express   U.S. Army Aviation and Missile Command   Indefinite(3)   No ceiling
CIO-SP2   National Institute of Health's Information Technology Acquisition and Assessment Center   12/00–12/10   $19.5 billion
ECS III   National Institute of Health's Information Technology Acquisition and Assessment Center   11/02–11/12   $6.0 billion
Seaport-e   Naval Sea Systems Command   4/01–4/10   $39.6 billion
GSA PES   GSA   7/00–5/06   No ceiling
GSA MOBIS   GSA   5/04–5/09   No ceiling
GSA IT   GSA   9/98–8/08   No ceiling
GSA LOGWORLD   GSA   9/03–9/08   No ceiling
GSA Document Imaging   GSA   4/03–4/08   No ceiling
LOGJAMSS   U.S. Army Regional Contracting Center, Atlanta   12/98–6/04(4)   $325.0 million
ITOP II   GSA   1/99–1/06(5)   $10.0 billion
COMMITS NexGen   Department of Commerce   1/05–12/14   $8.0 billion

(1)
Period of performance typically consists of a base period and option years. Task orders may be awarded through the active period of performance of the contracts, although performance may extend beyond the expiration of the period of performance.

(2)
Total contract ceiling value represents the maximum amount of contract awards that could be awarded to all contractors, including us, eligible to compete for task orders under the contract vehicle.

(3)
The AMCOM Express contract vehicle has been renewed annually. Task orders can be awarded on a multi-year basis.

(4)
We are continuing to conduct work under LOGJAMSS pursuant to a task order, the term of which extends until December 2008.

(5)
We are continuing to conduct work under ITOP II pursuant to a task order, the term of which extends until September 2007.

Backlog

        We define backlog as the amount of revenues we expect to realize (i) over the remaining base contract performance period and (ii) from the exercise of option periods that we reasonably believe will be exercised, from signed contracts in existence as of the measurement date. We do not include contract ceiling values under GWAC or ID/IQ contracts in our backlog calculation.

66



        We also do not include in backlog (i) the expected amount of revenues that would be realized if, and when, we were successful in the re-compete of signed contracts in existence as of the measurement date or (ii) the expected amount of revenues that would be realized from future unidentified growth on signed contracts and task orders in existence as of the measurement date.

        Giving pro forma effect to our acquisition of Morgan, our funded backlog was $176.5 million as of December 31, 2005. We expect to recognize revenues from approximately 43% of our December 31, 2005, total backlog during the twelve-month period ended December 31, 2006.

        We define funded backlog as the portion of our backlog for which funding currently is appropriated and obligated to us under a signed contract or task order by the purchasing agency, or otherwise authorized for payment to us by a customer upon completion of a specified portion of work, less the amount of revenue we have previously recognized under the contract. Our funded backlog does not include the full potential value of our contracts, because Congress often appropriates funds to be used by an agency for a particular program or contract on a yearly or quarterly basis, even though the contract may call for performance over a number of years. As a result, contracts typically are only partially funded at any point during their term, and all or some of the work to be performed under the contracts may remain unfunded unless and until Congress makes subsequent appropriations and the procuring agency allocates funding to the contract.

Partnering

        Strong industry partnerships with leading vendors and other systems integrators provide a valuable source of information regarding new technology trends and techniques. Similar to our approach for managing customer relationships, we designate partnership leads responsible for understanding the product roadmaps of specific technologies and for working closely with vendors such as EMC/Documentum, Oracle, SAP and Sun Microsystems. We seek to utilize the research and development investments of our partners for our customers' benefit. These partnerships enable us to provide significant additional capabilities to our customers, including technology and software services that are not otherwise available directly from us.

Subcontractors

        When we act as a prime contractor, as we typically do, we derive revenue either through our own work or through the efforts of our subcontractors. As part of the contract bidding process, we may enter into teaming agreements with subcontractors to enhance our ability to bid on large, complex assignments or to address more completely a particular customer's requirements. Teaming agreements and subcontracting relationships are useful because they permit us, as a prime contractor, to compete more effectively on a wider range of projects. In addition, we may engage a subcontractor to perform a discrete task on an engagement or a subcontractor may approach us because of our position as a prime contractor. When we are a prime contractor on an engagement, we are ultimately responsible for the overall engagement as well as the performance of our subcontractors.

        We estimate that approximately 29% of our fiscal 2005 revenues generated under our prime contracts are from work performed by subcontractors. As discussed further in "Risk Factors", if our subcontractors fail to satisfy their contractual obligations, our performance and reputation as a prime contractor and our ability to obtain future business could suffer.

Competition

        Despite consolidation over the past several years, the federal information technology services and solutions industry is comprised of a large number of enterprises ranging from small, niche-oriented companies to multi-billion dollar corporations with a major presence throughout the federal government. Because of the diverse requirements of federal government customers and the highly

67



competitive nature of large federal contracting initiatives, corporations frequently form teams to pursue contract opportunities. Prime contractors leading large proposal efforts select team members on the basis of their relevant capabilities and experience particular to each opportunity. As a result of these circumstances, companies that are competitors for one opportunity may be team members for another opportunity. In each of our five service areas, we generally bid against companies of varying sizes and specialties. Our competitors include large defense and information technology prime contractors, as well as a number of smaller federal contractors with specialized capabilities. We compete on the basis of our technical abilities, client relationships, past performance, cost containment, reputation and ability to provide quality personnel.

Employees

        As of March 31, 2006, we had approximately 2,300 employees, located in 28 states, Washington, D.C. and eight foreign countries. The depth and breadth of the security clearances held by our employees is instrumental in allowing us to compete for, and work on, classified projects. As of March 31, 2006, approximately 53% of our employees held Secret or Top Secret clearances. None of our employees is represented by a labor union or subject to a collective bargaining agreement. We believe that our relations with our employees are good.

Intellectual Property

        Our solutions are not generally dependent on patent protection. As part of our acquisition of Morgan, we own eleven patents and have applications outstanding for an additional eleven patents. While we believe these patents are valid, we do not consider our business to be dependent on the protection of these patents in any material way.

        We believe that we have a number of trade secrets that contribute to our success and competitive position, and we endeavor to protect the secrecy of this proprietary information. While we believe that retaining continuing protection of our trade secrets and confidential information is important, we are not materially dependent on any specific trade secret or group of trade secrets.

Properties

        We lease our office facilities and we do not own any facilities or real estate. We lease approximately 49,100 square feet at 3101 Wilson Boulevard, Arlington, Virginia for our corporate headquarters for a term expiring December 31, 2015. We also lease facilities at approximately 27 additional locations in 13 states. We believe our present facilities are adequate to meet our current and projected needs. Our leases and subleases have various terms primarily ranging from one month to ten years and annual rents ranging from approximately $5,000 to $620,000. We expect to be able to renew each of our leases or to lease comparable facilities on terms commercially acceptable to us.

Legal Proceedings

        From time to time, we are involved in various legal proceedings concerning matters arising in the ordinary course of business. There is no litigation pending that could have a material effect on our financial condition or results of operations.

68



GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING AND REGULATIONS

        The federal government contracting process differs in many ways from commercial contracting, and involves a high degree of government regulation and oversight.

Contracting Processes

        The Competition in Contracting Act of 1984 requires agencies to attain "full and open competition" in selecting companies to perform their contracts. If a federal government agency has a requirement for goods or services, it generally announces its requirements via a "Governmentwide point of entry" located on the Internet. Interested contractors submit information indicating their desire to perform the required services. The agency then solicits competitive proposals or bids from qualified contractors by providing them with a formal request for a proposal, or RFP, for negotiated procurements, or an invitation for bids, or IFB, for sealed bid procurements. The RFP describes the desired services being procured and the basic, required terms and conditions that will form the final agency contract, requesting contractors to submit a detailed proposal addressing both technical qualifications and price. The IFB describes defined goods or services and requires contractors to provide a price only, without proposing technical solutions. In negotiated procurements, the RFP includes the evaluation criteria the agency will use to determine which contractor will be selected for the contract. Offerors then submit proposals in response to the RFP, and the agency evaluates all the proposals, asks for clarifications, and engages in discussions with offerors if necessary. Agencies are encouraged to award negotiated contracts on a "best value" basis. This means that the contractor selected for the award should, in the agency's judgment, provide the greatest overall benefit in response to the requirement, including technical merit, cost and relevant past performance considerations. This process can sometimes take a year or more.

        In some cases, full and open competition is not required. Depending upon the circumstances, contracts can be awarded to us or other contractors on a "sole-source" basis. This can occur when the agency's need for the services is of such an unusual and compelling urgency that the United States would be seriously injured unless the agency is permitted to limit the number of sources from which it solicits bids or proposals. A contract can also be awarded to a contractor on a sole-source basis when the services needed by the agency are available from only one responsible source or only from a limited number of responsible sources and no other type of services will satisfy the needs of the agency. From time to time, we are awarded contracts on a sole-source basis.

        In recent years, several statutory and regulatory changes have significantly altered government procurement practices, increasing the number of procurement "vehicles" available to government customers to satisfy their requirements. Federal government agencies are now more likely to use flexible contract vehicles that permit a number of firms to compete for specific orders. The GSA Multiple Award Schedules Program, or MAS, is an example of a flexible contract vehicle employed by the federal government. The GSA contracts with multiple vendors to provide for the sale of information technology products and services, at predetermined prices, to authorized buyers. Those contracts involve services that are provided at fixed labor rates and individual agencies may place orders, receive services, and make payments directly to contractors under the GSA MAS contracts. Before placing an order, ordering offices are required to consider reasonably available information about the services offered under GSA MAS contracts by using "GSA Advantage!", an online ordering system that allows agencies to search through all GSA sources of supply and select the item that meets their requirements, or by reviewing catalogs and pricelists of at least three schedule contractors. In addition, the Department of Defense recently amended its procurement regulations to require contracting officers to provide fair notice of the intent to make a purchase exceeding $100,000 under a multiple award schedule to several, and often all, contractors offering the required services under the multiple award contract in question and to afford all contractors responding to such notice a fair opportunity to submit an offer and have that offer fairly considered.

69



        In addition to the MAS Program, we also hold multiple award contracts with individual agencies called ID/IQ contracts. ID/IQ contracts, also known as task order contracts, are essentially umbrella contracts that set forth the basic terms and conditions under which the agency may order goods and services from one, and in some cases more than one, contractor. Typically, these contracts will also specify the labor or skill categories that the government agency believes are necessary to perform the necessary contract work and may also specify the labor rates applicable for each contract labor and/or skill category. Federal law establishes a preference for multiple award ID/IQ contracts. ID/IQ contracts do not obligate the federal government to purchase goods or services above the minimum levels set forth in the contract. When task orders are issued under multiple award ID/IQ contracts, each awardee should be given a fair opportunity to be considered for the task order. The agency desiring contract services will conduct a limited best value competition among the interested awardees, resulting in the issuance of a task order to a single contractor.

        A task order calls for a specific set of services to be delivered by the contractor to a particular customer agency. In our experience, the key factors in bidding successfully for these task orders are technical abilities, client relationships, past performance, cost containment, reputation and ability to provide quality personnel. It has also been our experience that after winning a task order and providing the requested services, we will often receive successive task orders from the same agency for follow-on services as long as our customer is satisfied with our work. From time to time we are also party to government-wide acquisition contracts, or GWACs, which are ID/IQ contracts that permit the aggregation of the requirements of multiple agencies in a single contract. This type of contract is intended to encourage contractors to offer the best possible prices and to reduce the costs associated with multiple acquisitions.

Laws and Regulations Affecting Our Business

        Federal government contracts are subject to a number of federal statutes and regulations, including the Federal Acquisition Regulation, or FAR, and agency supplements to the FAR. The FAR contains several regulations that affect us significantly.

        The Anti-Deficiency Act prohibits federal government employees from committing government funds by contract or otherwise, in excess or in advance of appropriations, unless authorized by a specific statute. Thus, work on our contracts may be limited by the availability of funds. Because Congress usually appropriates funds on a fiscal year basis, many of our contracts are incrementally funded by the agency as Congress makes appropriations for future fiscal years. In addition, the federal government uses FAR clauses, such as the Limitation of Cost and Limitation of Funds clauses, prescribed by FAR Subpart 32.7, to limit its liability arising from its employees involving the federal government in expenditures or liabilities beyond those authorized by contract. In many cases, contracts are awarded for only one year, with a number (often four) of successive option years.

        Disappointed bidders and firms excluded from competition for federal government contracts and task orders can avail themselves of FAR and General Accountability Office bid protest remedies by submitting an objection to the contracting officer or General Accountability Office within specified time limits. The U.S. Court of Federal Claims also has bid protest jurisdiction. Contract performance can be suspended while a protest is pending and the contract can be terminated if found to have been improperly awarded.

        Larger contracts may also be subject to the Truth in Negotiations Act and Cost Accounting Standards. The Truth in Negotiations Act requires us to provide current, accurate and complete cost or pricing data in connection with the negotiation of a contract, modification or task order. Cost Accounting Standards require consistency of accounting practices over time and compliance with specific cost accounting criteria. FAR Part 31, "Contract Cost Principles, and Procedures", sets forth the rules regarding the allowability and allocability of costs incurred in connection with cost-plus-fee federal

70



government contracts. Similarly, GSA MAS contracts contain a price adjustment clause that allows the GSA to demand a refund, make a forward price adjustment or terminate a contract for default if a contractor provided inaccurate or incomplete data to the GSA during the contract negotiation process.

        The FAR Changes Clause, prescribed by FAR Subpart 43.2, permits a contracting officer to make unilateral changes within the general scope of a contract at any time, by written order, in a number of contract areas. If a change under this clause causes an increase or decrease in the estimated cost of, or the time required for, performance of any part of the work under a changed contract, or otherwise affects any other terms and conditions of this contract, the contracting officer must make an equitable adjustment in the contract price or estimated cost, the delivery or completion schedule, the amount of any fixed fee and other affected terms of the contract. In the event that the contractor and the government fail to agree upon such an adjustment, the contractor is obligated to perform the contract as changed pending resolution of the dispute.

        The federal government tries to avoid awarding contracts to companies that may have an organizational conflict of interest, or OCI. FAR Subpart 9.5 describes the situations that may result in an OCI and provides guidance to contracting officers in order to avoid or mitigate an actual or potential OCI. An OCI involves a situation that arises or might arise because the nature of the work to be performed by a contractor may, absent some restriction on future activities, result in an unfair competitive advantage to the contractor, impair the contractor's objectivity in performing the contract work or make the contractor potentially unable to render impartial assistance or advice to the federal government. The contracting officer is responsible for resolving any significant potential OCIs before a contract award is made. These types of restrictions may restrict our ability to obtain additional work related to certain tasks that we currently perform or performed in the past.

        To the extent that we fail to comply with procurement requirements, the federal government may demand an adjustment in contract prices or costs. In addition, changes in cost accounting practices are subject to a required procedure for determining the cost impact of the change. The federal government is generally protected from paying increased costs resulting from a contractor's accounting changes.

        Our books and records are subject to audit by the DCAA and other audit agencies, to ensure that the costs and hourly rates for which we invoice the federal government under cost-plus-fee and time-and-materials contracts are in compliance with the Cost Accounting Principles, Cost Accounting Standards and FAR Cost Principles and Procedures and are otherwise in compliance with contract requirements. These audits can result in adjustments to contract costs and fees, as well as penalties and interest costs. The federal government retains a portion of the fee earned by us under cost-plus-fee contracts until contract completion and audit by the DCAA or other audit agencies. Our incurred cost submissions have been audited by the DCAA through March 31, 2003, for Stanley, CCI and GCI, and through December 31, 2002, for FSC and Morgan. Costs for which Stanley, CCI and GCI were reimbursed after March 31, 2003, and costs for which FSC and Morgan were reimbursed after December 31, 2002, may be subsequently disallowed upon the completion of future audits. In addition, non-audit review by the federal government may still be conducted on all of our government contracts. Furthermore, our GSA MAS work is subject to audit by the GSA Inspector General to ensure that we are in compliance with the provisions in our GSA MAS contracts.

71



MANAGEMENT

Executive Officers and Directors

        The following table sets forth information concerning our directors and executive officers as of April 1, 2006:

Name

  Age
  Position
Philip O. Nolan   47   President, Chief Executive Officer and Director

George H. Wilson

 

48

 

Executive Vice President for Strategic Operations and Director

Gregory M. Denkler

 

47

 

Senior Vice President of Operations

William E. Karlson

 

46

 

Senior Vice President, Outsourcing Solutions Division and Director

Christopher J. Torti

 

38

 

Senior Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions

Michael A. Zaramba

 

41

 

Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer

Scott D. Chaplin

 

39

 

General Counsel

Brian J. Clark

 

35

 

Chief Financial Officer

Lawrence A. Gallagher

 

66

 

Chairman and Director

James C. Hughes

 

62

 

Director

John P. Riceman

 

65

 

Director

General Jimmy D. Ross, USA (Ret.)

 

70

 

Director

Lt. General Richard L. Kelly, USMC (Ret.)

 

58

 

Director

        Philip O. Nolan has been our chief executive officer and a member of our board of directors since 2002 and our president since 1996. From 1989 to 1995, Mr. Nolan served in various capacities, including program manager, general manager, treasurer, secretary and vice president. Prior to joining our company in 1989, Mr. Nolan served on active duty in the U.S. Navy from 1981 to 1988, most recently as Deputy Program Manager for Weapons Integration for the Submarine Launched Cruise Missile Project. Mr. Nolan remained an active member of the U.S. Navy Reserve following his release from active duty until his retirement in December 2005. Mr. Nolan received a B.S. in physics from the U.S. Naval Academy, an M.S.E. in engineering management from the Catholic University of America and a J.D. from George Washington University.

        George H. Wilson has been our executive vice president for strategic operations since April 2001. He has served as a member of our board of directors since July 2000. Prior to joining our company in April 1989, Mr. Wilson served on active duty as an officer in the U.S. Navy submarine force from 1979 to 1986, worked as a program manager at EG&G, and as a systems engineer at McDonnell Douglas Corporation. Since joining our company Mr. Wilson has served as program manager, director of systems integration, and vice president of corporate development. Mr. Wilson currently leads our sales and marketing efforts. Mr. Wilson received a B.S. degree in electrical engineering from the U.S. Naval Academy and an MBA in management of science, technology and innovation from George Washington University.

        Gregory M. Denkler has been our senior vice president of operations since April 2003. From April 2000, to March 2003, Mr. Denkler was our vice president and general manager of the

72



information technology and business systems division. Prior to joining our company in 1989, Mr. Denkler served on active duty in the U.S. Navy from 1981 to 1988, most recently as test and evaluation director for submarine weapon systems at the Naval Sea Systems Command. Mr. Denkler received a B.S. in oceanography from the U.S. Naval Academy and an MBA from the Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University.

        William E. Karlson has been our senior vice president of outsourcing solutions division since April 2002. From 1995 to 2002, Mr. Karlson served as vice president of the outsourced solutions division and of the corporate division. He has been a member of our board of directors since 1996 and acted as Secretary of the Board until February 2006. Prior to joining our company in 1984, Mr. Karlson was an officer on deep-sea tractor tugboats for Faustug Marine from 1982 to 1983. Mr. Karlson has a B.S. degree in marine engineering and marine transportation from the U.S. Merchant Marine Academy and an M.S. in software systems engineering from George Mason University.

        Christopher J. Torti has been our senior vice president of mergers and acquisitions since 2001. Mr. Torti joined our company in 1990. From 1990 to 1999, Mr. Torti served in various capacities, including as director of contracts and vice president of contracts and pricing. Mr. Torti received a B.S. in business administration from Clemson University and a masters certification in government contract management from the University of Virginia.

        Michael A. Zaramba has been our chief strategy officer since April 2006. Mr. Zaramba joined our company in 1992. From 2001 to 2006 he served as our Chief Financial Officer, from 1996 to 2001 as our controller and from 1992 to 1996 as a senior accountant. From 1989 to 1992, Mr. Zaramba was employed as a ship manager by MSO, Inc., a newly formed company that operated oceanographic ships pursuant to a contract with the U.S. Navy. From 1992 through 1996, Mr. Zaramba cooperated with the U.S. Attorney's office in connection with the investigation and prosecution of MSO, Inc. and several of its officers and employees relating to the submission of incomplete or incorrect time sheets to the U.S. Navy in late 1989 and early 1990. In connection with the investigation, Mr. Zaramba entered a plea of guilty in 1993 to a single count of misprision of felony, resulting in a fine of $500 and a period of two years probation. Mr. Zaramba holds a B.S. in management/industrial engineering from the Worcester Polytechnic Institute and an MBA from the University of Maryland.

        Scott D. Chaplin joined Stanley as general counsel in November 2005 and was appointed as Secretary of the Board of Directors in February 2006. Prior to joining Stanley, he served as Vice President and General Counsel of BAE Systems Information Technology and prior to that as Vice President and General Counsel of DigitalNet Government Solutions. From 1996 to 1997, Mr. Chaplin practiced at Reed Smith in Washington, D.C. and from 1997 to 1999 at Morgan Lewis & Bockius in Washington, D.C. He also served as Judicial Clerk to the Honorable Marian Horn, Judge, United States Court of Federal Claims, Washington, D.C. Mr. Chaplin received a J.D. from American University and a B.A. from the University of Massachusetts at Amherst.

        Brian J. Clark joined Stanley as chief financial officer in April 2006. Prior to joining Stanley, he held various executive positions at Titan Corporation from 2001 to 2006, most recently as Vice President and Corporate Controller. Prior thereto he had been Titan's Vice President of Strategic Transactions where he managed the company's mergers and acquisitions program, as well as divestitures, equity joint ventures and other strategic transactions. From 1996 to 2001, he held various positions at Arthur Andersen LLP, a public accounting firm, most recently as a Senior Manager. From 1994 to 1996, he held various positions at Deloitte & Touche LLP, a public accounting firm, most recently as a senior staff accountant. Mr. Clark holds a B.S. in Accounting from Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University and is a Certified Public Accountant.

        Lawrence A. Gallagher has been our Chairman of the board of directors since 1996, following his retirement as our chief executive officer, a position he held since 1994. Prior to joining our company in 1985, Mr. Gallagher was a career naval officer. Mr. Gallagher received a B.A. in sociology from St.

73



Benedict's College, an M.S. in management from the Naval Post Graduate School and an M.S. in transportation management from the Navy Transportation School.

        James C. Hughes has been a member of our board of directors since 2000. He has 24 years of experience as a senior executive and general counsel with government contracting and commercial companies. Mr. Hughes is currently the Chief Corporate Services Officer of INOVA Health Systems. He is the former President and Chief Executive Officer of C3, Inc., has twelve years of senior management and leadership experience with BDM International, Inc. and is a former partner of Dickstein, Shapiro and Morin. Mr. Hughes received a B.A. from the College of Arts and Sciences at Rutgers University, an M.A. from the College of Business and Public Administration at the University of Maryland and a J.D. from the University of Maryland.

        John P. Riceman has been a member of our board of directors since 2000. He has 27 years of experience as a senior executive and manager serving in key operating, marketing, financial, and administrative roles in growth-oriented professional services companies. Mr. Riceman has served as Chief Operating Officer of Integrated Microcomputer Systems, Inc. and C3, Inc., both government contracting information technology companies. He also has fifteen years of senior management and leadership experience with BDM International, Inc. Mr. Riceman received a B.S. in engineering from the U.S. Military Academy and an M.S. in Operations Research from the U.S. Naval Postgraduate School.

        General Jimmy D. Ross, USA (Ret.) has been a member of our board of directors since 2001. He was a U.S. Army military officer for 36 years and retired as a four-star General in 1994. General Ross' last active duty assignment was as Commander of the United States Army Materiel Command in Alexandria, Virginia—a worldwide command of 95,000 military and civilian personnel and 126 different organizations. Following his military retirement, General Ross served as an executive with the American Red Cross and is currently a consultant to Cypress International. General Ross is also a member of the board of directors of VSE Corporation. General Ross received a B.S.E. from Henderson State University and an M.A. in business management from Central Michigan University. He is also a graduate of the Industrial College of the Armed Forces, the U.S. Army Command and General Staff College, the U.S. Army Transportation Advanced Officer Course and the Basic Infantry Officer Course.

        Lt. General Richard L. Kelly, USMC (Ret.) has been a member of our board of directors since 2005. General Kelly was a U.S. Marine Corps officer for 35 years and retired as a Lieutenant General. General Kelly's last active duty assignment was Deputy Commandant (Installations and Logistics). General Kelly is currently the Research Chair for LMI Government Consulting, a member of the board of Cascade Design, Inc., a member of the Penn State Smeal Business School Board of Visitors, and an Executive Fellow at the Institute for Defense and Business, Chapel Hill, NC. General Kelly received a B.A. in History from Pennsylvania State University, a B.A. in Economics and Business Administration from Chapman College, and an M.B.A. from Pepperdine University. He is also a graduate of the Industrial College of the Armed Forces, the Navy Executive Business Course, the Institute for Defense and Business Advanced Program in Logistics and Technology, and Leadership at the Peak, which is sponsored by the Center for Creative Leadership.

Composition of the Board of Directors

        Our business and affairs are managed under the direction of our board of directors. Our board of directors currently consists of eight members, four of whom are independent directors under currently applicable listing standards of the New York Stock Exchange. Prior to the completion of this offering, we expect that our board will appoint an additional independent director so that our board will consist of nine members, a majority of whom will be independent under applicable SEC rules and the New York Stock Exchange listing standards.

74



Committees of the Board of Directors

        Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will conduct its business through three standing committees: the audit committee, the compensation committee and the nominating and corporate governance committee. In addition, from time to time, special committees may be established under the direction of the board of directors when necessary to address specific issues. Our audit committee, our compensation committee and our nominating and corporate governance committee will be composed entirely of independent directors following the completion of this offering.

    Audit Committee

        Our audit committee consists of Mr. Riceman, General Ross and Lt. General Kelly, all of whom have been determined by our board of directors to be independent directors according to the rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. In addition, Mr. Riceman has been determined by our board of directors to be an "audit committee financial expert", as such term is defined in the rules and regulations of the SEC. The audit committee will have responsibility for, among other things:

    retaining, compensating, overseeing and terminating any registered public accounting firm in connection with the preparation or issuance of an audit report, and approving all audit services and any permissible nonaudit services provided by the independent auditors;

    receiving direct reports from any registered public accounting firm engaged to prepare or issue an audit report;

    reviewing and discussing annual audited and quarterly unaudited financial statements with management and the independent auditors;

    reviewing with the independent auditor any audit problems and management's response;

    discussing earnings releases, financial information and earnings guidance provided to analysts and rating agencies;

    periodically meeting separately with management, internal auditors and the independent auditors;

    establishing procedures to receive, retain and treat complaints regarding accounting, internal accounting controls or auditing matters;

    obtaining and reviewing, at least annually, an independent auditors' report describing the independent auditors' internal quality-control procedures and any material issues raised by the most recent internal quality-control review of the independent auditors or any inquiry by governmental authorities;

    setting hiring policies for employees or former employees of the independent auditors;

    retaining independent counsel and other outside advisors, including experts in the area of accounting, as it determines necessary to carry out its duties; and

    reporting regularly to our full board of directors with respect to any issues raised by the foregoing.

        The audit committee will have the power to investigate any matter brought to its attention within the scope of its duties and to retain counsel for this purpose where appropriate.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the audit committee, which will be available on our website.

75



    Compensation Committee

        Our compensation committee consists of Mr. Hughes, General Ross and Lt. General Kelly, all of whom have been determined by our board of directors to be independent directors according to the rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. The compensation committee will have responsibility for, among other things:

    reviewing key employee compensation policies, plans and programs;

    reviewing and approving the compensation of our chief executive officer and the other executive officers of the company and its subsidiaries;

    reviewing and approving any employment contracts or similar arrangements between the company and any executive officer of the company;

    reviewing and consulting with our chief executive officer concerning selection of officers, management succession planning, performance of individual executives and related matters; and

    administering our stock plans, incentive compensation plans and any such plans that the board may from time to time adopt and exercising all the powers, duties and responsibilities of the board of directors with respect to such plans.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the compensation committee, which will be available on our website.

    Nominating and Corporate Governance Committee

        Upon completion of this offering, we will have a nominating and corporate governance committee that will have responsibility for, among other things:

    recommending to our board of directors proposed nominees for election to the board of directors by the stockholders at annual meetings, including an annual review as to the renominations of incumbents and proposed nominees for election by the board of directors to fill vacancies that occur between stockholder meetings; and

    making recommendations to the board of directors regarding corporate governance matters and practices.

        Upon the completion of this offering, our nominating and corporate governance committee will consist of Mr. Riceman, General Ross and Lt. General Kelly, all of whom have been determined to be independent directors according to the rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange.

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a written charter for the corporate governance and nominating committee, which will be available on our website.

    Compensation Committee Interlocks and Insider Participation

        Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have a compensation committee as described above. None of our executive officers will serve as a member of our compensation committee, and none of them have served, or will be permitted to serve, on the compensation committee (or any other committee serving a similar function) of any other entity of which an executive officer is expected to serve as a member of our compensation committee.

Codes of Conduct and Ethics and Corporate Governance Guidelines

        Prior to the completion of this offering, our board of directors will adopt (1) a code of ethics applicable to our directors, officers and employees, (2) a code of business conduct and ethics applicable

76



to our directors and executive officers and (3) corporate governance guidelines, each in accordance with applicable rules and regulations of the SEC and the New York Stock Exchange. Prior to completion of this offering, each of these codes of ethics and conduct and the corporate governance guidelines will be available on our website.

Director Compensation

        Directors who are also our employees do not receive additional compensation for service on our board of directors. Therefore, Mr. Hughes, Mr. Riceman, General Ross and Lt. General Kelly are currently the only directors who receive compensation for their services as directors. All directors receive reimbursement of travel and lodging expenses incurred in connection with their attendance at board functions. They each receive, on an annual basis, a grant of restricted shares of our common stock with a fair market value as of the date of grant equal to $34,000. In addition, in each of 2004 and 2005, Mr. Hughes, Mr. Riceman, General Ross and Lt. General Kelly received options to purchase, at the then most recently appraised fair market value, a number of shares of our common stock having an aggregate fair market value of $100,000 at the time of grant, with a one year vesting period.

        We expect that prior to the consummation of this offering, our board of directors will adopt a revised director compensation policy providing for annual compensation for each of our non-employee directors.

Executive Compensation

        The following table sets forth information concerning the compensation of our chief executive officer and our other executive officers for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.


Summary Compensation Table

 
  Annual Compensation
  Long Term Compensation
Name and Principal Position
  Salary
  Bonus
  Restricted Stock Awards(3)
  Securities
Underlying
Options/SARS(4)

  All Other
Compensation(5)(6)

Philip O. Nolan,
President and Chief Executive Officer
  $ 270,000   $ 349,920   $ 253,400     $ 11,356
George H. Wilson
Executive Vice President for Strategic Operations
  $ 197,583   $ 169,567   $ 152,040     $ 8,279
Gregory M. Denkler
Senior Vice President of Operations
  $ 183,333   $ 148,461   $ 190,050     $ 7,813
Michael A. Zaramba
Senior Vice President and Chief Strategy Officer
  $ 176,000   $ 119,740   $ 190,050     $ 7,796
Christopher J. Torti
Senior Vice President of Mergers and Acquisitions
  $ 166,417   $ 140,784   $ 190,050     $ 6,513
Lawrence A. Gallagher
Chairman of the Board
  $ 150,000             $ 6,657
Brian J. Clark(1)
Chief Financial Officer
                 
Scott D. Chaplin(2)
General Counsel
  $ 86,326           500    

(1)
Mr. Clark began employment in April 2006 at an annual salary of $230,000.

(2)
Mr. Chaplin began employment in November 2005 at an annual salary of $215,000.

77


(3)
Amounts set forth in the restricted stock award column represent the grant-date value of time-based restricted shares that were granted to Mr. Nolan, Mr. Wilson, Mr. Denkler, Mr. Zaramba and Mr. Torti. These restricted shares would not receive any dividends that we may pay, except for dividends paid in shares of our common stock. The vesting schedule for these restricted shares is 20% in May 2006, 20% in May 2007, 20% in May 2008, 20% in May 2009 and 20% in May 2010. The total numbers of restricted shares granted to these executive officers during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, which do not give effect to an anticipated stock split immediately prior to the completion of this offering, are as follows: Mr. Nolan, 2,000; Mr. Wilson, 1,200; Mr. Denkler, 1,500; Mr. Zaramba, 1,500; and Mr. Torti, 1,500. The aggregate numbers of restricted shares and their value, based on the most recent appraised value of $196.60 per common share, held on March 31, 2006, by these executive officers, which does not give effect to an anticipated stock split immediately prior to the completion of this offering, are as follows: Mr. Nolan, 7,802 shares with an aggregate value of $1,533,873; Mr. Wilson, 6,545 shares with an aggregate value of $1,286,747; Mr. Denkler, 4,790 shares with an aggregate value of $941,714; Mr. Zaramba, 5,136 shares with an aggregate value of $1,009,738; and Mr. Torti, 4,782 shares with an aggregate value of $940,141. None of Mr. Gallagher, Mr. Clark or Mr. Chaplin were granted any restricted shares during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, or held any restricted stock on March 31, 2006.

(4)
These options were granted on November 7, 2005, and will vest and become exercisable upon the consummation of this offering.

(5)
Except for $104 in split-dollar life insurance premiums paid on the behalf of Mr. Nolan, all other compensation consists of matching contributions to our 401(k) plan.

(6)
Amounts do not include allocation of shares of common stock contributed by us to our Employee Stock Ownership Plan after March 31, 2006, as part of compensation for the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, because contributed shares have not yet been allocated to the accounts of ESOP participants.

78


Option Grants in Last Fiscal Year

        The following table provides certain information regarding options granted during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above.


Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year

 
   
   
   
   
   
  Potential Realizable
Value at Assumed
Annual Rates
of Stock Price
Appreciation for
Option Term(1)

 
  Number of
Securities
Underlying
Options/SARs
Granted

   
  % of Total
Options/SARs
Granted to
Employees in
Fiscal Year

   
   
 
   
  Exercise
or Base
Price
($/Sh)

   
Name

  Date of Grant
  Expiration
Date

  5% ($)
  10% ($)
Philip O. Nolan                    
George H. Wilson                    
Gregory M. Denkler                    
Michael A. Zaramba                    
Christopher J. Torti                    
Lawrence A. Gallagher                    
Brian J. Clark                    
Scott D. Chaplin   500(2 ) 11/7/05   3.36 % $ 165.04 (2) 11/7/15   $ 51,896   $ 131,516

(1)
The potential realizable value is calculated based on the term of the option at the time of grant. Assumed rates of stock price appreciation of 5% and 10% are prescribed by rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and do not represent our prediction of our stock price performance. The potential realizable values at 5% and 10% appreciation are calculated by assuming that the exercise price on the date of grant appreciates at the indicated rate for the entire term of the option and that the option is exercised at the exercise price and sold on the last day of its term at the appreciated price.

(2)
Does not give effect to an anticipated stock split immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

Exercise of Stock Options

        The following table shows aggregate amounts of outstanding options to purchase equity interests in us that were exercised during the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, and aggregate amounts of outstanding options to purchase equity interests in us that were held at March 31, 2006, by the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above.

79




Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values

 
   
   
  Number of Securities
Underlying Unexercised
Options/SARs at
Fiscal Year-End (#)(2)

  Value of Unexercised
In-the-Money
Options/SARs at
Fiscal Year-End ($)(1)

Name

  Shares
Acquired
On Exercise(#)

  Value
Realized ($)

  Exercisable
  Unexercisable(3)
  Exercisable
  Unexercisable(3)
Philip O. Nolan         17,616   1,800   $ 2,945,378   $ 214,632
George H. Wilson   600 (2) $ 92,148   8,000   1,400   $ 1,249,116   $ 153,300
Gregory M. Denkler         3,884   1,400   $ 592,741   $ 153,300
Michael A. Zaramba         2,320   1,400   $ 320,156   $ 153,300
Christopher J. Torti         3,764   1,400   $ 574,311   $ 153,300
Lawrence A. Gallagher         800     $ 113,935    
Brian J. Clark                  
Scott D. Chaplin           500       $ 15,930

(1)
Calculated by determining the difference between the appraised value at December 31, 2005, of $196.90 per share, for the common stock underlying the options at March 31, 2006, and the exercise prices of the options held by each of the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table above.

(2)
Does not give effect to an anticipated stock split immediately prior to the completion of this offering.

(3)
All options that were unexercisable at fiscal year-end will become exercisable upon consummation of this offering.

Long-Term Incentive Plan Awards

        No long-term incentive awards were granted to the executive officers named in the Summary Compensation Table in the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006.

Change in Control and Severance Agreement

        We are not a party to any employment agreements, but we have entered into a Change in Control and Severance Agreement with Brian J. Clark. Mr. Clark commenced employment as our Chief Financial Officer on April 1, 2006. The agreement became effective on March 20, 2006, and will terminate on the second anniversary of its effective date.

        Pursuant to the agreement, Mr. Clark may become entitled to receive either a severance payment or a change in control payment. Mr. Clark will be eligible for a severance payment of $250,000 if his employment is terminated by us during the term of the agreement for any reason other than cause (as defined in the agreement). Mr. Clark's eligibility for severance is conditioned upon his execution of a release of claims against us. Mr. Clark will not be entitled to receive the severance payment in the event of an involuntary termination of his employment as a result of a change in control of Stanley (as defined in the agreement).

        In the event of a change in control of Stanley during the term of the agreement, Mr. Clark will be eligible to receive a payment of $500,000. The consummation of this offering will not be considered a change in control of Stanley for purposes of the agreement.

Stock Incentive Plans

    1995 Stock Incentive Plan, as amended

        We adopted our 1995 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 1995 Plan, to offer our employees and non-employee directors who contribute materially to our success additional incentives and

80


encouragement to remain in our service by increasing their personal participation in our company through stock ownership.

        The 1995 Plan terminated by its terms on December 13, 2005. While no additional stock options may be granted under the 1995 Plan, there are currently stock options to purchase approximately                        shares of our common stock outstanding under the 1995 Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $                              per share, of which                         are intended to qualify as incentive stock options, or ISOs, under Section 422 of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended, or the Code (the foregoing share numbers and exercise price give effect to a            -for-one stock split that will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering (the "stock split")).

        Types of Awards.    The 1995 Plan provides for the grant of ISOs and nonqualified stock options, or NSOs.

        Plan Administration.    The 1995 Plan is administered by our board of directors, which has the right to delegate any and all of its powers under the 1995 Plan to a committee of our board comprised of no fewer than three members. The board has the authority and discretion to adopt and revise such rules and regulations as it deems necessary for the administration of the 1995 Plan and to determine the employees or non-employee directors to be granted stock options, the times at which stock options will be granted, the exercise price of each stock option, the number of shares subject to each stock option, the vesting schedule of stock options, the method of payment for shares acquired upon the exercise of stock options and the expiration dates of the stock options.

        Terms of Stock Options.    Each stock option is evidenced by a written agreement between us and the optionee, which sets forth (1) the number of shares subject to the stock option, (2) the exercise price, vesting schedule and expiration date of the stock option, (3) the method of payment of the stock option exercise price, (4) whether the stock option is an ISO or an NSO and (5) any additional provisions (not inconsistent with the 1995 Plan) as the board may prescribe.

        Stock options vest and become exercisable either immediately or over a period of up to ten years following the grant date. All of the options outstanding under the 1995 Plan have vested. All terms and conditions of all grants of ISOs are subject to Section 422 of the Code and the regulations promulgated thereunder. The exercise price of a stock option may be paid with cash or, if approved in advance by our board, may be paid with previously issued shares of our common stock having a fair market value equal to the cash exercise price, or payment of the exercise price may be deferred in accordance with the 1995 Plan.

        Each stock option expires on the date set forth in the award agreement, provided that (1) each stock option will expire not later than the tenth anniversary after the date it was granted and (2) each ISO granted to any person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power will expire not later than five years after it is granted. However, if an optionee's employment or service on the board is terminated for any reason before the expiration date set forth in the award agreement, any stock options held by the optionee will terminate on the date the optionee's employment or service is terminated except that the portion of the stock option that is vested as of the date of such termination of employment or service will be exercisable for a period of 60 days following termination or, if employment or service is terminated due to the optionee's death or disability, for a period ending no later than one year following the date of death or the onset of such disability. Stock options granted under the 1995 Plan may not be transferred, except by will or the laws of descent and distribution.

        Transfer Restrictions on Shares Issued Pursuant to the 1995 Plan.    The shares received upon the exercise of stock options granted under the 1995 Plan are subject to certain transfer restrictions that will lapse upon the consummation of this offering.

81


    Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan

        We adopted our Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan, or the Executive Plan, to retain personnel of experience and ability in our employ or on our board and to compensate them for their contributions to our growth and profits and thereby induce them to continue to make such contributions in the future.

        Types of Awards.    Awards under the Executive Plan may consist of (1) promises to pay cash, which may be an amount fixed at the time of grant or performance-based, (2) restricted stock awards, (3) restricted stock trust awards (which consist of restricted stock awards issued to a trust as described below) and (4) stock options. Stock options may be issued as ISOs or NSOs. ISOs may be issued only to employees of Stanley or a subsidiary. There are currently a total of approximately            unvested restricted stock awards under the Executive Plan, and a total of            vested and unvested restricted stock trust awards outstanding under the Executive Plan (the foregoing award numbers and the award numbers in the following sentence give effect to the stock split). Pursuant to the terms of the awards,            of the unvested restricted stock awards and            of the unvested restricted stock trust awards will automatically vest upon the consummation of this offering. There are currently stock options to purchase approximately            shares of our common stock outstanding under the Executive Plan at a weighted average exercise price of $                              per share, of which             are ISOs (each of the foregoing share numbers and the exercise price give effect to the stock split).

        Plan Administration.    The Executive Plan is administered by our board or a committee of our board consisting of no fewer than three members. The committee has the authority to determine which employees will receive awards, the amount of cash subject to awards, the number of shares of restricted stock, restricted stock trust awards or stock options that are to be awarded to each such individual, the purchase price or exercise price, if any, of the award and the vesting criteria for the award. The committee may make recommendations to our board for awards to non-employee directors. The recommendations will include the amount of cash subject to awards, the number of shares of restricted stock, restricted stock trust awards or NSOs that are to be awarded to each such non-employee director, the purchase price or exercise price, if any, of the award and any vesting criteria for the award. Awards to non-employee directors will be made by our board.

        Shares Available for Awards.    The maximum number of shares that may be delivered pursuant to awards under the Executive Plan, including shares issuable pursuant to stock options, will not exceed                        (which number gives effect to the stock split). Shares available under the Executive Plan may be authorized but unissued shares or treasury shares. In the event of certain corporate changes in our common stock, the number and kind of shares that remain available for awards (and that are subject to outstanding awards), and the exercise price of outstanding stock options, will be appropriately adjusted by the committee to reflect such action to prevent dilution or enlargement of the benefits or potential benefits intended to be made available under the Executive Plan. Upon the repurchase of shares by us under the Executive Plan, or the expiration or termination of unexercised stock options, the repurchased shares or the shares subject to unexercised stock options will become available for grant under the Executive Plan.

        Eligible Participants.    Any key employee of Stanley or any subsidiary (including officers and directors) will be eligible to receive awards, and any non-employee director of Stanley or any subsidiary will be eligible to receive awards (other than ISOs), pursuant to the Executive Plan.

        Conditions to Vesting.    The committee may, in its discretion, impose vesting conditions of any nature on awards, including, but not limited to, continued employment for a specific period or the achievement of other performance objectives.

82



        Award Agreements.    Each award will be evidenced by a written agreement between us and the participant, setting forth the terms and conditions of the award in the form prescribed by the committee.

        Cash Awards.    A cash award is a promise to deliver an amount in cash upon a participant's termination of employment. The amount payable may be fixed at the time of grant or may vary based upon achievement of performance goals. The committee, in its discretion, may provide that cash awards will be deemed to accrue interest until paid, in which case the interest will become part of the cash award. Unless otherwise set forth in an award agreement, the rate of such interest will be equal to the prime rate on the date of the award. Any vested cash award is paid to the participant by the first day of the month beginning at least 27 days after termination of employment, provided that in the case of a cash award in excess of $50,000, the award (including interest accrued following termination of employment) will be paid in equal quarterly installments of not more than $12,500 each. The committee, in its discretion, may accelerate those installments. Cash awards are unfunded, unsecured promises to make future payments, and a participant has the status of a general unsecured creditor with respect to the participant's cash award.

        Restricted Stock Awards.    Upon a grant of restricted shares, the shares are transferred to the participant, and a certificate for such shares is issued in the name of the participant. The restricted shares so issued constitute outstanding shares of our common stock for all corporate purposes and, following issuance, the participant is a stockholder of all the shares represented by the certificate. The certificates remain in our custody or, if the committee so determines, with an escrow agent designated by the committee. Unless otherwise provided in the award agreement, the participant has the right to vote the shares, to receive and retain all dividends and distributions paid or distributed on the shares and to exercise all other rights, powers and privileges of a stockholder with respect to the shares, except that (1) the participant is not entitled to delivery of the stock certificate until and unless all vesting requirements of the shares have been fulfilled or waived, (2) any dividends and distributions paid in shares of our stock constitute shares of restricted stock and are subject to all of the same restrictions as the underlying restricted stock, (3) the participant may not sell, assign, transfer, pledge, exchange, encumber or dispose of the shares or the participant's interest in any of them until all vesting requirements and other applicable provisions of the Executive Plan have been fulfilled or waived and (4) a breach of any restrictions, terms or conditions provided in the Executive Plan or established by the committee with respect to any unvested share will cause a forfeiture of such award.

        Restricted Stock Trust Awards.    The share certificates for shares underlying restricted stock trust awards are issued in the name of a trust that we have established pursuant to the Executive Plan and, following issuance, the underlying shares constitute outstanding shares of our common stock for all corporate purposes, and the trustee of the Executive Plan trust is a stockholder of all the shares represented by the certificate. The participant may not transfer or assign any rights he or she has in respect of such shares, except by will or by the laws of descent or distribution. The participant does not have the right to vote the shares of restricted stock, to receive or retain any dividends or distributions paid or distributed on the shares of restricted stock or to exercise any other rights, powers or privileges of a stockholder with respect to the shares. Instead, all rights with respect to the shares will be exercised by the trustee and, in the case of voting rights, will be exercised as directed by us.

        However, any dividends and distributions paid in respect of the shares constitute additional restricted stock trust awards held by the participant and are subject to all the same rights and restrictions as the underlying restricted stock trust awards. Upon termination of employment, the participant is generally entitled to delivery of shares of our stock with respect to all restricted stock trust awards that have become vested prior to termination. A participant's rights with respect to shares held by the Executive Plan trust constitute an unfunded, unsecured promise to receive shares in the future, and the participant has the status of a general unsecured creditor with respect to such shares.

83



        Stock Options.    Stock options vest and become exercisable either immediately or over a period of up to ten years, as set forth in the award agreement. Vesting of all or any portion of a stock option award may be accelerated at the discretion of the committee at any time upon the occurrence of any event other than a participant's termination of employment for cause. Unless otherwise provided in an award agreement, shares issued upon exercise of a stock option award are fully vested shares. Pursuant to the award agreements, most of the currently outstanding stock options will automatically vest upon the consummation of this offering.

        The exercise price of each ISO is at least equal to the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant, and the exercise price of each NSO is at least equal to 85% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. In the case of a stock option of either type granted to a person who, immediately after the grant of such stock option, owns stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power, the exercise price of such stock option is equal to at least 110% of the fair market value per share of our common stock on the date of grant. Payment of the exercise price of stock options may be made in cash or, if approved in advance by our board, may be made in the form of shares of our stock, or payment of the exercise price may be deferred. In the case of any deferred payment arrangement, interest is payable at least annually.

        Each stock option expires on the date set forth in the award agreement, provided that (1) each stock option expires not later than ten years after the date of grant of such award and (2) each ISO granted to a person who owns stock possessing more than 10% of our total combined voting power will expire not later than five years after the date of grant of the award. However, if a participant's employment or service on the board is terminated before the expiration date set forth in the award agreement, the stock option terminates on the date of such termination of employment or service, except that the portion of the stock option that is vested as of the date of such termination of employment or service is exercisable for a period of 60 days following termination or, if such termination of employment or service is due to the participant's death or permanent disability, for a period ending not later than one year following the date of death or permanent disability.

        Transfer Restrictions on Shares Issued Pursuant to the Executive Plan.    In addition to the vesting conditions, the shares issued pursuant to the Executive Plan, including vested shares, are subject to certain transfer restrictions, most of which will lapse upon the consummation of this offering. Certain restrictions, however, will remain in force and effect following this offering. In the case of death or permanent disability of a participant or a participant's involuntary termination without cause, such participant will have the obligation to sell to us, and we will have the obligation to purchase, all vested shares held by such participant that were acquired pursuant to the Executive Plan, at their fair market value as of the date of termination of employment. Upon the voluntary termination of a participant's employment, we may elect to purchase all vested shares held by such participant that were acquired pursuant to the Executive Plan, and, if we so elect, the participant will be required to sell such shares to us, at their fair market value as of the date of termination of employment. We will generally be required to exercise that right within 60 days following a participant's termination of employment. Upon an involuntary termination of a participant's employment for cause, we will be entitled to purchase all vested shares that were acquired by the participant pursuant to the Executive Plan at a price equal to the lower of (1) the participant's tax basis in the shares and (2) the amount, if any, determined by the committee pursuant to the Executive Plan.

        The Executive Plan provides that if we register our shares under the Securities Act, we will, at our expense, include among the securities that we register all shares subject to the plan. However, this requirement will not apply to a participant in the Executive Plan who at the relevant time has no intent to sell or distribute the relevant shares. We intend to register all shares subject to the plan substantially concurrently with the consummation of this offering.

84



    Employee Stock Ownership Plan

        In 1996, we established our Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or the ESOP, a tax-qualified retirement plan designed to invest primarily in our common stock. Substantially all our employees participate in the ESOP. Under the ESOP, we have generally made annual discretionary contributions in the form of either cash or our common stock. Participants in the ESOP share in these contributions primarily in proportion to their compensation. Each participating employee's interest in the ESOP vests after five years of service.

        Certain affairs of the ESOP are currently directed by three co-trustees, Philip O. Nolan, William E. Karlson and George H. Wilson, all of whom are executive officers of our company and members of our board of directors. Under the terms of the ESOP, the co-trustees are currently obligated, with respect to certain matters, to solicit participants to vote shares of our common stock allocated to participants' accounts, and the co-trustees generally will vote such shares in accordance with the voting decisions of the participants.

        Shares of common stock allocated to a participant's account may only be sold by or on behalf of the participant in certain circumstances. These circumstances are currently limited to the termination of a participant's employment with us (including as a result of death or disability) and pursuant to statutory diversification rights that allow an employee who is at least 55 years old, and who has participated in the ESOP for at least ten years, to sell (or cause to be sold on its behalf) up to 25% of the shares allocated to the participant's account.

        At            , 2006, giving effect to our anticipated stock split, the ESOP owned            shares of our common stock, all of which were allocated to participants' accounts.

85



CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS

        In March 2002, we made loans to certain of our executive officers, including Mr. Nolan, Mr. Wilson, Mr. Denkler, Mr. Karlson, Mr. Zaramba and Mr. Torti, in each case on a full-recourse basis and bearing interest at a rate of 5.5% per annum, to allow them to acquire shares of our common stock (in some cases through the exercise of options). As of April 1, 2006, these loans had been forgiven or, in some cases, repaid. The largest aggregate amount of indebtedness outstanding at any time during the loan period for each executive officer is as follows: Mr. Nolan, $419,209; Mr. Wilson, $108,709; Mr. Denkler, $77,181; Mr. Karlson, $74,689; Mr. Torti, $73,716; and Mr. Zaramba, $65,762.

        Tetrad Digital Integrity, or TDI, is a privately held company that provides us with network security consulting services. Mr. Paul Innella, TDI's President and Chief Executive Officer and majority stockholder, is the brother of Mr. Michael Innella, a member of our senior management team. For the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, we issued purchase orders to TDI in an aggregate amount equal to $1,260,165. For the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, we issued purchase orders to TDI in an aggregate amount equal to $326,400 and $718,515, respectively.

        Stephanie A. Chaplin, the wife of Scott Chaplin, our general counsel, has been employed by us since September 19, 2005. Until December 31, 2005, she served as senior staffing director and was paid an annual salary of $100,000. Since January 1, 2006, she has served as director of recruiting and is paid an annual salary of $110,000.

        Philip Gallagher, the son of our Chairman, has been employed by us since April 1, 1993. He is currently employed as a systems analyst and receives an annual salary of $53,500. Heather Gallagher, the spouse of Philip Gallagher and daughter-in-law of our Chairman, has been employed by us since January 21, 1997. She is currently employed as a systems analyst and receives an annual salary of $48,300.

        In March 2002, we entered into a consulting contract with Premise, Inc., which is owned by John P. Riceman, a member of our board of directors. From April 1, 2002, through July 2005, we paid Premise, Inc. $4,000 per month for the provision of consulting services related to the formation and execution of our acquisition program.

86



PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS

        The following table sets forth, as of March 31, 2006, information regarding the beneficial ownership of our common stock by:

    each person known by us to beneficially own more than 5% of the outstanding shares of our common stock;

    each of our current directors;

    each of our named executive officers;

    our directors and named executive officers as a group; and

    each of our selling stockholders.

        Beneficial ownership is determined in accordance with the SEC rules and includes voting or investment power with respect to the securities. Shares of common stock subject to options that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006, are deemed to be outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding such options. Such shares, however, are not deemed to be outstanding for the purposes of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

        Percentage of beneficial ownership is based on 474,421 shares of our common stock outstanding as of March 31, 2006, and                        shares of our common stock to be outstanding after completion of the offering, which gives effect to a            -for-one stock split of our common stock that will occur immediately prior to the consummation of this offering. Each of these outstanding share amounts excludes shares of common stock held in treasury. Unless otherwise indicated, the address for all beneficial owners is c/o Stanley, Inc., 3101 Wilson Boulevard, Suite 700, Alexandria, VA 22201.

 
   
   
  Shares Offered Hereby
  Shares Beneficially Owned
After Offering

 
 
   
   
  Assuming
No Exercise
of Over-
Allotment
Option

  Assuming
Full Exercise
of Over-
Allotment
Option

   
   
   
   
 
 
  Shares of
Common Stock
Beneficially Owned
Prior to the Offering

  Assuming
No Exercise
of Over-Allotment
Option

  Assuming
Full Exercise
of Over-Allotment
Option

 
Beneficial Owner

 
  Number
  %
  Number
  Number
  Number
  %
  Number
  %
 
Philip O. Nolan(1)   78,254   15.88 %                        
William E. Karlson(2)   54,311   11.27 %                        
George H. Wilson(3)   28,666   5.94 %                        
Lawrence A. Gallagher(4)   26,558   5.59 %                        
Gregory M. Denkler(5)   13,970   2.92 %                        
Michael A. Zaramba(6)   15,580   3.27 %                        
Christopher J. Torti(7)   15,055   3.15 %                        
James C. Hughes(8)   2,739   *                          
John P. Riceman(9)   2,739   *                          
General Jimmy D. Ross, USA (Ret.)(10)   776   *                          
Lt. General Richard L. Kelly, USMC (Ret.)(11)   305   *                          
Employee Stock Ownership Plan(12)   246,855   52.03 %                        
                                   

87


PNC Bank, Trustee of the Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan Trust(13)   44,790   9.44 %                        
Executive officers and directors as a group (11 persons)   258,135   49.19 %                        

*
Shares represent less than 1% of common stock.

(1)
Consists of 53,011 shares as to which he has sole voting and investment power, 7,027 shares held by the ESOP for his account and 18,216 shares which he may acquire pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or are expected to become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006. Excludes 239,828 shares of common stock owned by the ESOP for the account of others, as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership as a trustee of the ESOP, and 10,265 shares which are held for his account by the Stanley Associates, Inc. Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan Trust, or the Trust, as to which he does not have voting or investment power and disclaims beneficial ownership.

(2)
Consists of 39,442 shares as to which he has sole voting and investment power, 7,289 shares held by the ESOP for his account and 7,580 shares which he may acquire pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or are expected to become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006. Excludes 239,566 shares of common stock owned by the ESOP for the account of others, as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership as a trustee of the ESOP, and 4,023 shares which are held for his account by the Trust, as to which he does not have voting or investment power and disclaims beneficial ownership.

(3)
Consists of 14,184 shares as to which he has sole voting and investment power, 6,082 shares held by the ESOP for his account and 8,400 shares which he may acquire pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or are expected to become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006. Excludes 240,773 shares of common stock owned by the ESOP for the account of others, as to which he disclaims beneficial ownership as a trustee of the ESOP, and 7,323 shares which are held for his account by the Trust, as to which he does not have voting or investment power and disclaims beneficial ownership.

(4)
Consists of 16,518 shares as to which he has sole voting and investment power, 9,240 shares held by the ESOP for his account and 800 shares which he may acquire pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or are expected to become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006.

(5)
Consists of 4,739 shares as to which he has sole voting and investment power, 4,947 shares held by the ESOP for his account and 4,284 shares which he may acquire pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or are expected to become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006. Excludes 5,371 shares which are held for his account by the Trust, as to which he does not have voting or investment power and disclaims beneficial ownership.

88


(6)
Consists of 6,332 shares as to which he has sole voting and investment power, 3,636 unvested shares of restricted stock as to which he has sole voting power, 2,892 shares held by the ESOP for his account and 2,720 shares which he may acquire pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or are expected to become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006. Excludes 1,500 shares which are held for his account by the Trust, as to which he does not have voting or investment power and disclaims beneficial ownership.

(7)
Consists of 4,989 shares as to which he has sole voting and investment power, 3,082 unvested shares of restricted stock as to which he has sole voting power, 2,820 shares held by the ESOP for his account and 4,164 shares which he may acquire pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or are expected to become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006. Excludes 1,700 shares which are held for his account by the Trust, as to which he does not have voting or investment power and disclaims beneficial ownership.

(8)
Includes 206 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which he has sole voting power.

(9)
Includes 206 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which he has sole voting power.

(10)
Consists of 570 shares which he may acquire pursuant to stock options that are currently exercisable or are expected to become exercisable within 60 days of March 31, 2006, and 206 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which he has sole voting power.

(11)
Includes 155 shares of unvested restricted stock as to which he has sole voting power.

(12)
For participants in our ESOP, holdings include shares allocated to their individual ESOP accounts. Under the terms of the ESOP, the trustees are currently obligated, with respect to certain matters, to solicit participants to vote shares of our common stock allocated to participants' accounts, and the trustees generally will vote such shares in accordance with the voting decisions of the participants. Philip O. Nolan, William E. Karlson and George H. Wilson are trustees of the ESOP, which is the record owner of 246,855 shares of common stock.

(13)
Common stock held by the Trust is owned of record by its trustee, PNC Bank. Plan recipients under the trust have no voting power or investment power with respect to shares of common stock held by the Trust. PNC Bank, in its capacity as trustee of the Trust, votes the shares held by the Trust as directed by us.

89



DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK

General

        Our authorized capital stock consists of            shares of common stock, $0.01 par value per share, and            shares of preferred stock, par value $0.01 per share. Immediately following this offering,            shares of our common stock and no shares of our preferred stock will be issued and outstanding. As of                        , 2006, there were approximately            holders of record of shares of our common stock.

        The following is a summary of the rights of our capital stock and related provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws. For more detailed information, please see our certificate of incorporation and our bylaws, copies of which, as amended and in effect as of the date of the consummation of this offering, will be filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Common Stock

    Voting Rights

        Each share of common stock entitles the holder to one vote with respect to each matter presented to our stockholders on which the holders of common stock are entitled to vote. Our common stock votes as a single class on all matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as provided by law, with each share of common stock entitling its holder to one vote. Except in respect of matters relating to the election and removal of directors on our board of directors and as otherwise provided in our certificate of incorporation or required by law, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a majority of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock. In the case of election of directors, all matters to be voted on by our stockholders must be approved by a plurality of the votes entitled to be cast by all shares of common stock.

    Dividends

        Holders of common stock will share equally in any dividend declared by our board of directors, subject to the rights of the holders of any outstanding preferred stock.

    Liquidation Rights

        In the event of any voluntary or involuntary liquidation, dissolution or winding up of our affairs, holders of our common stock would be entitled to share ratably in our assets that are legally available for distribution to stockholders after payment of liabilities. If we have any preferred stock outstanding at such time, holders of the preferred stock may be entitled to distributions and/or liquidation preferences. In either such case, we must pay the applicable distribution to the holders of our preferred stock before we may pay distributions to the holders of our common stock.

    Other Rights

        Our stockholders have no preemptive or other rights to subscribe for additional shares. All holders of our common stock are entitled to share equally on a share-for-share basis in any assets available for distribution to common stockholders upon our liquidation, dissolution or winding up. All outstanding shares are, and all shares offered by this prospectus will be, when sold, validly issued, fully paid and nonassessable.

Preferred Stock

        Our board of directors is authorized to provide for the issuance of preferred stock in one or more series and to fix the preferences, powers and relative, participating, optional or other special rights, and qualifications, limitations or restrictions thereof, including the dividend rate, conversion rights, voting rights, redemption rights and liquidation preference and to fix the number of shares to be included in

90



any such series. Any preferred stock so issued may rank senior to our common stock with respect to the payment of dividends or amounts upon liquidation, dissolution or winding up, or both. In addition, any such series of preferred stock may have class or series voting rights.

Certain Anti-Takeover Provisions of our Charter and Bylaws and the Delaware Law

        Provisions of our certificate of incorporation and bylaws could deter, delay or prevent a third-party from acquiring us, even if doing so would benefit our stockholders.

    Undesignated Preferred Stock

        The ability to authorize undesignated preferred stock makes it possible for our board of directors to issue preferred stock with super voting, special approval, dividend or other rights or preferences on a discriminatory basis that could impede the success of any attempt to acquire us. These and other provisions may have the effect of deferring, delaying or discouraging hostile takeovers, or changes in control or management of our company.

    Requirements for Advance Notification of Stockholder Meetings, Nominations and Proposals

        Our bylaws provide that special meetings of the stockholders may be called only upon the request of the majority of the board of directors or upon request of the president. Our bylaws prohibit the conduct of any business at a special meeting other than as specified in the notice for such meeting.

        Our bylaws establish advance notice procedures with respect to stockholder proposals for annual meetings and the nomination of candidates for election as directors, other than nominations made by or at the direction of the board of directors or a committee of the board of directors. In order for any matter to be "properly brought" before a meeting, a stockholder will have to comply with advance notice requirements and provide us with certain information. Additionally, vacancies and newly created directorships may be filled only by a vote of a majority of the directors then in office, even though less than a quorum, and not by the stockholders. Our bylaws allow the chairman of a meeting of the stockholders to adopt rules and regulations for the conduct of meetings which may have the effect of precluding the conduct of certain business at a meeting if the rules and regulations are not followed. These provisions may also defer, delay or discourage a potential acquiror from conducting a solicitation of proxies to elect the acquiror's own slate of directors or otherwise attempting to obtain control of our company.

    Stockholder Action by Written Consent

        Pursuant to Section 228 of the Delaware General Corporation Law, or the DGCL, any action required to be taken at any annual or special meeting of the stockholders may be taken without a meeting, without prior notice and without a vote if a consent or consents in writing, setting forth the action so taken, is signed by the holders of outstanding stock having not less than the minimum number of votes that would be necessary to authorize or take such action at a meeting at which all shares of our stock entitled to vote thereon were present and voted, unless the company's certificate of incorporation provides otherwise. Our certificate of incorporation provides that any action required or permitted to be taken by our stockholders may be effected at a duly called annual or special meeting of our stockholders and may not be effected by consent in writing by such stockholders.

Certain Other Provisions of our Charter and Bylaws and the Delaware Law

    Board of Directors

        Our certificate of incorporation provides that the number of directors will be fixed in the manner provided in our bylaws. Our bylaws provide that the number of directors will be fixed from time to time solely pursuant to a resolution adopted by the board. Upon completion of this offering, our board of directors will have nine members.

91


    Business Combinations under Delaware Law

        Our certificate of incorporation expressly states that we have elected not to be governed by Section 203 of the DGCL, which prohibits a publicly held Delaware corporation from engaging in a "business combination" with an "interested stockholder" for a period of three years after the time the stockholder became an interested stockholder, subject to certain exceptions, including if, prior to such time, the board of directors approved the business combination or the transaction which resulted in the stockholder becoming an interested stockholder. "Business combinations" include mergers, asset sales and other transactions resulting in a financial benefit to the "interested stockholder". Subject to various exceptions, an "interested stockholder" is a person who, together with his or her affiliates and associates, owns, or within three years did own, 15% or more of the corporation's outstanding voting stock. These restrictions generally prohibit or delay the accomplishment of mergers or other takeover or change-in-control attempts that are not approved by a company's board of directors.

    Limitations of Liability and Indemnification of Officers and Directors

        The DGCL authorizes corporations to limit or eliminate the personal liability of directors to corporations and their stockholders for monetary damages for breaches of directors' fiduciary duties. Our certificate of incorporation includes a provision that eliminates the personal liability of directors for monetary damages for actions taken as a director to the fullest extent authorized by the DGCL. The DGCL does not permit exculpation for liability:

    for breach of duty of loyalty;

    for acts or omissions not in good faith or involving intentional misconduct or knowing violation of law;

    under Section 174 of the DGCL (unlawful dividends); or

    for transactions from which the director derived improper personal benefit.

        Our certificate of incorporation and bylaws provide that we shall indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law. We are also expressly authorized to carry directors' and officers' insurance providing indemnification for our directors, officers and certain employees and agents for some liabilities. We believe that these indemnification provisions and insurance are useful to attract and retain qualified directors and executive officers.

        The limitation of liability and indemnification provisions in our certificate of incorporation and bylaws may discourage stockholders from bringing a lawsuit against directors for breach of their fiduciary duty. These provisions may also have the effect of reducing the likelihood of derivative litigation against directors and officers, even though such an action, if successful, might otherwise benefit us and our stockholders. In addition, your investment may be adversely affected to the extent we pay the costs of settlement and damage awards against directors and officers pursuant to these indemnification provisions.

        There is currently no pending material litigation or proceeding involving any of our directors, officers or employees for which indemnification is sought.

Transfer Agent and Registrar

        The transfer agent and registrar of our common stock is                .

New York Stock Exchange Listing

        We will apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "      ".

92



DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS

        The summary below is qualified in its entirety by reference to an agreement setting forth the principal terms and conditions of our senior credit facility which are filed as exhibits to the registration statement of which this prospectus forms a part.

Credit Facility

        Pursuant to a credit agreement dated as of February 16, 2006, among us, as borrower, the lenders named therein, SunTrust Bank, as administrative agent and SunTrust Capital Markets, Inc., as arranger and book manager, a syndicate of banks and other financial institutions provide us with a senior credit facility of up to $150 million. The senior credit facility consists of (1) a $100 million term loan facility which matures on January 31, 2012, and (2) a $50 million revolving credit facility which matures on January 31, 2011. The revolving portion of the senior credit facility includes a sublimit of $5 million for letters of credit and a sublimit of $5 million for swingline loans.

        The obligations under the senior credit facility are unconditionally and irrevocably guaranteed by each of our existing and subsequently acquired or organized subsidiaries. In addition, the senior credit facility and the guarantees are secured on a first-priority basis by security interests (subject to permitted liens as defined in the credit agreement) in substantially all tangible and intangible assets owned by us and each of our subsidiaries, subject to certain exceptions.

        Borrowings under the senior credit facility bear interest at a variable rate based upon, at our option, (1) the greater of (i) the prime rate and (ii) the federal funds rate plus 1/2 of 1% per annum or (2) LIBOR, in each case plus a margin based upon our leverage ratio (as described below).

        In addition to paying interest on outstanding principal under the senior credit facility, we are required to pay a commitment fee in respect of unutilized commitments to the administrative agent at a rate (ranging from 0.25% to 0.50%) determined by reference to the applicable leverage ratio (as described below) in effect on such date on the daily unused commitments available to be drawn under the revolving portion of the senior credit facility. We will also be required to pay letter of credit fees with respect to each letter of credit issued at a rate equal to the applicable margin for LIBOR advances on the average outstanding letters of credit issued under the revolving credit facility. We are also required to pay fronting fees with respect to each letter of credit issued of 0.125% per annum to the issuer of the letters of credit on the average daily stated amount of that letter of credit.

        The term loan amortizes in quarterly installments of $250,000, with the entire amount of outstanding term loans due on January 31, 2012.

        We are required to prepay, subject to the exceptions set forth in the credit agreement, borrowings under the senior credit facility with (i) 50% of excess cash flow (as defined in the credit agreement) if, at the end of any fiscal year, the leverage ratio (as described below) is equal to or greater than 2.5 to 1.0, (ii) 100% of net cash proceeds in excess of $25,000 of non-ordinary course assets sales or other dispositions of property by us and our subsidiaries, (iii) 100% of net cash proceeds of issuances of debt obligations other than debt obligations permitted under the credit agreement and (iv) 50% of net cash proceeds from the issuance of capital stock in an initial public offering.

        Under the terms of the senior credit facility, we are entitled to request an increase in the size of the senior credit facility by an amount not greater than $75 million in the aggregate. If any lender elects not to increase its commitment under the credit facility, we may designate another bank or other financial institution to become a party to the credit agreement.

        The credit agreement also contains a number of affirmative and restrictive covenants including limitations on mergers, consolidations and dissolutions; sales of assets; investments and acquisitions; indebtedness and liens; repurchases of shares of capital stock and options to purchase shares of capital stock; transactions with affiliates; sale and leaseback transactions; and restricted payments.

93



        In addition, the credit agreement provides that we are required to meet the following financial covenants:

    a fixed charge coverage ratio as of the end of any fiscal quarter of not less than 1.50 to 1.00, based upon the ratio of (i) consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement) less the actual amount paid by us and our subsidiaries in cash on account of capital expenditures and taxes over the period consisting of the four consecutive fiscal quarters ending on or immediately prior to the determination date to (ii) consolidated cash interest expense for such period, scheduled principal payments required to be made on consolidated total debt during such period and certain restricted payments paid during such period,

    a maximum leverage ratio based upon the ratio of (i) consolidated total debt to (ii) consolidated EBITDA (as defined in the credit agreement), which will require us to maintain a ratio of 4.25 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending on or prior to December 31, 2006, a ratio of 3.50 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2006, and on or prior to December 31, 2007, and a ratio of 3.00 to 1.00 for each fiscal quarter ending after December 31, 2007, and

    a minimum consolidated net worth equal to the sum of (i) 85% of our consolidated net worth as at December 31, 2005, (ii) 50% of consolidated net income on a cumulative basis for all preceding fiscal quarters, commencing with the fiscal quarter ended March 31, 2006, and (iii) 100% of the amount by which our total stockholders' equity is increased as result of any public or private offering of our common stock after the closing date of the senior credit facility.

        For the period ended December 31, 2005, we were in compliance with all of these financial covenants.

        Consolidated EBITDA is defined in the credit agreement the consolidated net income for us and for our subsidiaries, plus (i) consolidated interest expense, (ii) income tax determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (iii) depreciation and amortization determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP, (iv) non-cash non-recurring charges, including the effect of the adoption of FASB Statement 123 in the context of an initial public offering, (iv) certain expenses incurred in connection with the acquisition of Morgan, and (v) expenses incurred in connection with an initial public offering determined on a consolidated basis in accordance with GAAP.

        The credit agreement contains events of default that are customary for facilities and transactions of this type, including a cross-default provision with respect to other indebtedness having an aggregate principal amount of at least $1.0 million, an event of default that would be triggered by a change in control and an event of default that would be triggered by any debarment or suspension from contracting with the federal government or the termination for default of certain material contracts. As defined in the credit agreement, a "change in control" does not include an initial public offering of our stock.

94



SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE

        Before this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. We cannot predict the effect, if any, that market sales of shares or the availability of shares will have on the market price of our common stock. Sales of substantial amounts of common stock in the public market, or the perception that such sales could occur, could cause the prevailing market price to decrease or to be lower than it might be in the absence of those sales or perceptions.

        Upon the closing of this offering, we will have outstanding                        shares of common stock, based upon the number of outstanding shares of common stock as of            , 2006,            of which will be held by our Employee Stock Ownership Plan, or ESOP. In addition, as of                        , 2006, giving effect to our anticipated stock split, an aggregate of             shares of common stock were issuable upon the exercise of outstanding options granted pursuant to our 1995 Stock Incentive Plan, or the 1995 Plan, and our Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan, or the Executive Plan. All of the shares of our common stock sold in this offering will be freely tradable without restriction under the Securities Act, except for any shares held by an affiliate of us, as the term "affiliate" is defined in Rule 144 under the Securities Act. Persons who may be deemed to be affiliates generally include individuals or entities that control, are controlled by, or are under common control with, us and may include our directors and officers. All remaining shares, including any shares issued prior to this offering to our ESOP or pursuant to our 1995 Plan or Executive Plan, will be "restricted securities" as defined in Rule 144, and may not be sold other than through registration under the Securities Act or under an exemption from registration, such as the one provided by Rule 144 described below.

        Excluding the shares held by our ESOP, which may only be sold in the limited circumstances described below, the outstanding shares of our common stock will be available for sale in the public market as follows:

    shares not subject to the lock-up agreements referred to below will be eligible for sale pursuant to Form S-8 registration statements that we intend to file as soon as practicable following the date of this prospectus (as further described below) at various times after the filing of those registration statements;

    additional shares not subject to lock-up agreements will be eligible for immediate sale on the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144(k);

    additional shares not subject to lock-up agreements will be eligible for sale at various times beginning 90 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144;

    shares subject to lock-up agreements will be eligible for sale at various times beginning 180 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144 or the Form S-8 registration statements; and

    shares subject to lock-up agreements will be eligible for sale at various times beginning 360 days after the date of this prospectus pursuant to Rule 144 or the Form S-8 registration statements.

        As of            , 2006,             shares of common stock (giving effect to our anticipated stock split) were held by, and had been allocated to participants' accounts in, our ESOP. Shares of common stock allocated to a participant's account may only be sold by or on behalf of the participant in certain circumstances. These circumstances are currently limited to the termination of a participant's employment with us (including as a result of death or disability) and pursuant to statutory diversification rights that allow an employee who is at least 55 years old, and who has participated in the ESOP for at least ten years, to sell (or cause to be sold on its behalf) up to 25% of the shares allocated to the participant's account. As of              , 2006,             of the shares held by the ESOP had been allocated to participants' accounts and were not subject to lock-up agreements, and were therefore available to be sold by or on behalf of the applicable participant in the limited circumstances described above. As a result of the lock-up agreements referred to below and the restrictions imposed

95



by the ESOP described above,             shares (based on shares outstanding as of                        , 2006) will be subject to restrictions on resale for at least 180 days following the date of this prospectus.

Rule 144

        Generally, Rule 144 provides that a person who has beneficially owned "restricted" shares for at least one year will be entitled to sell on the open market in brokers' transactions, within any three-month period, a number of shares that does not exceed the greater of:

    1% of the then outstanding shares of common stock, which will equal approximately            shares of common stock immediately after this offering, assuming no exercise of the underwriters' over-allotment option; and

    the average weekly trading volume of the common stock on the New York Stock Exchange during the four calendar weeks preceding the filing of notice with respect to such sale.

        Sales under Rule 144 are also subject to notice requirements and the availability of current public information about our company.

        In the event that any person who is deemed to be our affiliate purchases shares of our common stock in this offering or acquires shares of our common stock pursuant to one of our employee benefit plans, sales under Rule 144 of the shares held by that person are subject to the volume limitations and other restrictions (other than the one-year holding period requirement) described in the preceding two paragraphs.

        Under Rule 144(k), a person who is not deemed to have been one of our affiliates for purposes of the Securities Act at any time during the 90 days preceding a sale and who has beneficially owned the shares proposed to be sold for at least two years, including the holding period of any prior owner other than our affiliates, is entitled to sell such shares without complying with the manner of sale, public information, volume limitation or notice provisions of Rule 144. Therefore, unless otherwise restricted, "144(k) shares" may be sold immediately upon the closing of this offering.

Form S-8 Registration Statements

        As soon as practicable following the date of this prospectus, we intend to file one or more registration statements on Form S-8 under the Securities Act to register shares of our common stock held by our ESOP and shares issuable pursuant to our 1995 Plan and our Executive Plan. These registration statements will also register the reoffer and resale of shares of our common stock that have been issued under our 1995 Plan and our Executive Plan prior to the date those registration statements are filed. These registration statements are expected to become effective upon filing. Shares covered by these registration statements will then be eligible for sale in the public markets, subject to the lock-up agreements referred to below and to Rule 144 volume limitations that will be applicable to affiliates and, until we become eligible to file a registration statement on Form S-3 under the Securities Act (and thereafter file a new registration statement on Form S-8), to holders of shares that have been issued under the 1995 Plan, the Executive Plan or the ESOP prior to the date that we file the Form S-8 registration statements.

        As of            , 2006, giving effect to our anticipated stock split, there were an aggregate of            shares that were issuable under the 1995 Plan and the Executive Plan, as follows:

    shares of common stock were reserved pursuant to our 1995 Plan for issuance in connection with the exercise of outstanding options previously awarded under this plan, and options with respect to all of such shares had vested; and

    shares of common stock were reserved pursuant to our Executive Plan for issuance in connection with the exercise of outstanding options previously awarded under this plan and, upon completion of this offering, options with respect to            of such shares will have vested.

Lock-Up Agreements

        For a description of the lock-up agreements with the underwriters that restrict sales of shares by us, our officers and directors, the selling stockholders and certain of our other employee–stockholders, see the information under the heading "Underwriting".

96



MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND
ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. STOCKHOLDERS

        The following discussion is a general summary of material U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations with respect to your acquisition, ownership and disposition of our common stock and applies if you (i) purchase our common stock in this offering, (ii) will hold the common stock as a capital asset and (iii) are a Non-U.S. Holder. You are a Non-U.S. Holder if you are a beneficial owner of shares of our common stock other than:

    a citizen or resident of the United States;

    a corporation or other entity taxable as a corporation created or organized in, or under the laws of, the United States, any state thereof or the District of Columbia;

    an estate, the income of which is subject to U.S. federal income taxation regardless of its source;

    a trust, if a court within the United States is able to exercise primary supervision over the administration of the trust and one or more U.S. persons have the authority to control all substantial decisions of the trust; or

    a trust that has a valid election in place to be treated as a U.S. person for U.S. federal income tax purposes.

        This summary does not address all of the U.S. federal income and estate tax considerations that may be relevant to you in light of your particular circumstances or if you are a beneficial owner subject to special treatment under U.S. federal income tax laws (such as a controlled foreign corporation, passive foreign investment company, company that accumulates earnings to avoid U.S. federal income tax, foreign tax-exempt organization, financial institution, broker or dealer in securities, insurance company, regulated investment company, real estate investment trust, person who holds our common stock as part of a hedging or conversion transaction or as part of a short-sale or straddle, or former U.S. citizen or resident). This summary does not discuss non-income taxes (except U.S. federal estate tax), any aspect of the U.S. federal alternative minimum tax or state, local or non-U.S. taxation. This summary is based on current provisions of the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended ("Code"), Treasury regulations, judicial opinions, published positions of the Internal Revenue Service ("IRS") and all other applicable authorities (all such sources of law, "Tax Authorities"). The Tax Authorities are subject to change, possibly with retroactive effect.

        If a partnership (or an entity or arrangement classified as a partnership for U.S. federal income tax purposes) holds our common stock, the tax treatment of a partner will generally depend on the status of the partner and the activities of the partnership. If you are a partner of a partnership holding our common stock, you should consult your tax advisor.

        WE URGE PROSPECTIVE NON-U.S. HOLDERS TO CONSULT THEIR TAX ADVISORS REGARDING THE UNITED STATES FEDERAL, STATE, LOCAL AND NON-UNITED STATES INCOME AND OTHER TAX CONSIDERATIONS OF ACQUIRING, HOLDING AND DISPOSING OF SHARES OF COMMON STOCK.

Dividends

        In general, any distributions we make to you with respect to your shares of common stock that constitute dividends for U.S. federal income tax purposes will be subject to U.S. withholding tax at a rate of 30% of the gross amount, unless you are eligible for a reduced rate of withholding tax under an applicable income tax treaty and you provide proper certification of your eligibility for such reduced rate. A distribution will constitute a dividend for U.S. federal income tax purposes to the extent of our current or accumulated earnings and profits as determined under the Tax Authorities. Any distribution not constituting a dividend will be treated first as reducing your basis in your shares of common stock and, to the extent it exceeds your basis, as capital gain.

97



        Dividends we pay to you that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, if certain income tax treaties apply, are attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you) generally will not be subject to U.S. withholding tax if you comply with applicable certification and disclosure requirements. Instead, such dividends generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same graduated individual or corporate rates applicable to U.S. persons. If you are a corporation, effectively connected income may also be subject to a "branch profits tax" at a rate of 30% (or such lower rate as may be specified by an applicable income tax treaty). Dividends that are effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business but that under an applicable income tax treaty are not attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment maintained by you may be eligible for a reduced rate of U.S. withholding tax under such treaty, provided you comply with certification and disclosure requirements necessary to obtain treaty benefits.

        We do not anticipate paying any dividends on our common stock in the foreseeable future.

Sale or Other Disposition of Our Common Stock

        You generally will not be subject to U.S. federal income tax on any gain realized upon the sale or other disposition of your shares of our common stock unless:

    the gain is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States (and, under certain income tax treaties, is attributable to a U.S. permanent establishment you maintain);

    you are an individual, you are present in the United States for 183 days or more in the taxable year of disposition and you meet other conditions, and you are not eligible for relief under an applicable income tax treaty; or

    we are or have been a "United States real property holding corporation" for U.S. federal income tax purposes (which we believe we are not and have never been, and do not anticipate we will become) and you hold or have held, directly or indirectly, at any time within the shorter of the five-year period ending on the date of disposition or your holding period for your shares of our common stock, more than 5% of our common stock.

        Gain that is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business within the United States generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax, net of certain deductions, at the same rates applicable to U.S. persons. If you are a corporation, the branch profits tax also may apply to such effectively connected gain. If the gain from the sale or disposition of your shares is effectively connected with your conduct of a trade or business in the United States but, under an applicable income tax treaty, is not attributable to a permanent establishment you maintain in the United States, your gain may be exempt from U.S. federal income tax under the treaty. If you are described in the second bullet point above, you generally will be subject to U.S. federal income tax at a rate of 30% on the gain realized, although the gain may be offset by certain U.S. source capital losses realized during the same taxable year.

Information Reporting and Backup Withholding Requirements

        We must report annually to the IRS the amount of any dividends or other distributions we pay to you on your shares of our common stock and the amount of tax we withhold on these distributions regardless of whether withholding is required. The IRS may make copies of the information returns reporting those distributions and amounts withheld available to the tax authorities in the country in which you reside pursuant to the provisions of an applicable income tax treaty or exchange of information treaty.

        The United States imposes a backup withholding tax on any dividends and certain other types of payments to U.S. persons. You will not be subject to backup withholding tax on dividends you receive on your shares of our common stock if you provide proper certification of your status as a Non-U.S.

98



Holder or you are a corporation or one of several types of entities and organizations that qualify for exemption (an "exempt recipient").

        Information reporting and backup withholding generally are not required with respect to the amount of any proceeds from the sale of your shares of our common stock outside the United States through a foreign office of a foreign broker that does not have certain specified connections to the United States. If you sell your shares of common stock through a U.S. broker or the U.S. office of a foreign broker, however, the broker will be required to report the amount of proceeds paid to you to the IRS and also backup withhold on that amount unless you provide appropriate certification to the broker of your status as a Non-U.S. Holder or you are an exempt recipient. Information reporting will also apply if you sell your shares of our common stock through a foreign broker deriving more than a specified percentage of its income from U.S. sources or having certain other connections to the United States, unless such broker has documentary evidence in its records that you are a Non-U.S. Holder and certain other conditions are met or you are an exempt recipient.

        Any amounts withheld with respect to your shares of our common stock under the backup withholding rules will be refunded to you or credited against your U.S. federal income tax liability, if any, by the IRS if the required information is furnished in a timely manner.

U.S. Federal Estate Tax

        Common stock owned or treated as owned by an individual who is not a citizen or resident (as defined for U.S. federal estate tax purposes) of the United States at the time of his or her death will be included in the individual's gross estate for U.S. federal estate tax purposes and therefore may be subject to U.S. federal estate tax unless an applicable treaty provides otherwise.

99



UNDERWRITING

        Citigroup Global Markets Inc. is acting as sole book-running manager of the offering, and is acting as representative of the underwriters named below. Subject to the terms and conditions stated in the underwriting agreement dated the date of this prospectus, each underwriter named below has agreed to purchase, and we and the selling stockholders have agreed to sell to that underwriter, the number of shares set forth opposite the underwriter's name.

Underwriter

  Number
of shares

Citigroup Global Markets Inc.    
Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC    
Raymond James & Associates, Inc.    
Cowen and Company, LLC    
Stifel, Nicolaus & Company Incorporated    
   
  Total    
   

        The underwriting agreement provides that the obligations of the underwriters to purchase the shares included in this offering are subject to approval of legal matters by counsel and to other conditions. The underwriters are obligated to purchase all the shares (other than those covered by the over-allotment option described below) if they purchase any of the shares.

        The underwriters propose to offer some of the shares directly to the public at the public offering price set forth on the cover page of this prospectus and some of the shares to dealers at the public offering price less a concession not to exceed $                              per share. The underwriters may allow, and dealers may reallow, a concession not to exceed $                              per share on sales to other dealers. If all of the shares are not sold at the initial offering price, the representatives may change the public offering price and the other selling terms. The representative has advised us and the selling stockholders that the underwriters do not intend sales to discretionary accounts to exceed five percent of the total number of shares of our common stock offered by them.

        Some of the selling stockholders have granted to the underwriters an option, exercisable for 30 days from the date of this prospectus, to purchase up to                        additional shares of common stock at the public offering price less the underwriting discount. The underwriters may exercise the option solely for the purpose of covering over-allotments, if any, in connection with this offering. To the extent the option is exercised, each underwriter must purchase a number of additional shares approximately proportionate to that underwriter's initial purchase commitment.

        We, our officers and directors, the selling stockholders and certain of our other employee-stockholders have agreed that, for a period of 180 days from the date of this prospectus, we and they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup, dispose of or hedge any shares of our common stock or any securities convertible into or exchangeable for our common stock. In addition, our officers and directors have agreed that, during the period beginning 180 days and ending 360 days from the date of this prospectus, they will not, without the prior written consent of Citigroup, enter into any such transaction with respect to 90% of the shares held by each of them on the date that is 180 days from the date of this prospectus. Citigroup in its sole discretion may release any of the securities subject to these lock-up agreements at any time without notice.

        The restricted periods described in the preceding paragraph will be automatically extended if: (1) during the last 17 days of the applicable restricted period we issue an earnings release or announce material news or a material event; or (2) prior to the expiration of the applicable restricted period, we announce that we will release earnings results during the 16-day period beginning on the last day of the applicable period, in which case the applicable restrictions described in the preceding paragraph will

100



continue to apply until the expiration of the 18-day period beginning on the issuance of the earnings release of the announcement of the material news or material event. See "Shares Eligible for Future Sale" for a discussion of certain transfer restrictions.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the United Kingdom

        This prospectus is only being distributed to, and is only directed at, persons in the United Kingdom that are qualified investors within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive, or Qualified Investors, that are also (i) investment professionals falling within Article 19(5) of the Financial Services and Markets Act 2000 (Financial Promotion) Order 2005, or Order, or (ii) high net worth entities, and other persons to whom it may lawfully be communicated, falling within Article 49(2)(a) to (d) of the Order (all such persons together being referred to as "relevant persons"). This prospectus and its contents are confidential and should not be distributed, published or reproduced (in whole or in part) or disclosed by recipients to any other persons in the United Kingdom. Any person in the United Kingdom that is not a relevant person should not act or rely on this document or any of its contents.

Notice to Prospective Investors in the European Economic Area

        In relation to each Member State of the European Economic Area that has implemented the Prospectus Directive (each, a Relevant Member State), with effect from and including the date on which the Prospectus Directive is implemented in that Relevant Member State (the Relevant Implementation Date) an offer of shares described in this prospectus may not be made to the public in that Relevant Member State prior to the publication of a prospectus in relation to the shares that has been approved by the competent authority in that Relevant Member State or, where appropriate, approved in another Relevant Member State and notified to the competent authority in that Relevant Member State, all in accordance with the Prospectus Directive, except that, with effect from and including the Relevant Implementation Date, an offer of shares may be offered to the public in that Relevant Member State at any time:

    to any legal entity that is authorized or regulated to operate in the financial markets or, if not so authorized or regulated, whose corporate purpose is solely to invest in securities; or

    to any legal entity that has two or more of (1) an average of at least 250 employees during the last financial year; (2) a total balance sheet of more than €43,000,000 and (3) an annual net turnover of more than €50,000,000, as shown in its last annual or consolidated accounts; or

    in any other circumstances that do not require the publication of a prospectus pursuant to Article 3 of the Prospectus Directive.

        Each purchaser of shares described in this prospectus located in a Relevant Member State will be deemed to have represented, acknowledged and agreed that it is a "qualified investor" within the meaning of Article 2(1)(e) of the Prospectus Directive.

        For the purposes of this provision, the expression an "offer to the public" in any Relevant Member State means the communication in any form and by any means of sufficient information on the terms of the offer and the shares to be offered so as to enable an investor to decide to purchase or subscribe for the shares, as the same may be varied in that Relevant Member State by any measure implementing the Prospectus Directive in that Relevant Member State, and the expression "Prospectus Directive" means Directive 2003/71/EC and includes any relevant implementing measure in each Relevant Member State.

        We and the selling stockholders have not authorized and do not authorize the making of any offer of shares through any financial intermediary on our or their behalf, other than offers made by the underwriters with a view to the final placement of the shares as contemplated by this prospectus.

101



Accordingly, no purchaser of the shares, other than the underwriters, is authorized to make any further offer of the shares on behalf of us, the selling stockholders or the underwriters.

        Prior to this offering, there has been no public market for our common stock. Consequently, the initial public offering price for the shares was determined by negotiations among us, the selling stockholders and the underwriters. Among the factors considered in determining the initial public offering price were our record of operations, our current financial condition, our future prospects, our markets, the economic conditions in and future prospects for the industry in which we compete, our management, and currently prevailing general conditions in the equity securities markets, including current market valuations of publicly traded companies considered comparable to our company. We cannot assure you, however, that the prices at which the shares will sell in the public market after this offering will not be lower than the initial public offering price or that an active trading market in our common stock will develop and continue after this offering.

        We will apply to have our common stock listed on the New York Stock Exchange under the symbol "      ". The underwriters have undertaken to sell shares of common stock to a minimum of 2,000 beneficial owners in lots of 100 or more shares to meet the New York Stock Exchange distribution requirements for trading.

        The following table shows the underwriting discounts and commissions that we and the selling stockholders are to pay to the underwriters in connection with this offering. These amounts are shown assuming both no exercise and full exercise of the underwriters' option to purchase additional shares of common stock.

 
  Paid by Us
  Paid by selling stockholders
 
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
  No Exercise
  Full Exercise
Per share   $     $     $     $  
Total   $     $     $     $  

        In connection with the offering, Citigroup, on behalf of the underwriters, may purchase and sell shares of common stock in the open market. These transactions may include short sales, syndicate covering transactions and stabilizing transactions. Short sales involve syndicate sales of common stock in excess of the number of shares to be purchased by the underwriters in the offering, which creates a syndicate short position. "Covered" short sales are sales of shares made in an amount up to the number of shares represented by the underwriters' over-allotment option. In determining the source of shares to close out the covered syndicate short position, the underwriters will consider, among other things, the price of shares available for purchase in the open market as compared to the price at which they may purchase shares through the over-allotment option. Transactions to close out the covered syndicate short involve either purchases of the common stock in the open market after the distribution has been completed or the exercise of the over-allotment option. The underwriters may also make "naked" short sales of shares in excess of the over-allotment option. The underwriters must close out any naked short position by purchasing shares of common stock in the open market. A naked short position is more likely to be created if the underwriters are concerned that there may be downward pressure on the price of the shares in the open market after pricing that could adversely affect investors who purchase in the offering. Stabilizing transactions consist of bids for or purchases of shares in the open market while the offering is in progress.

        The underwriters also may impose a penalty bid. Penalty bids permit the underwriters to reclaim a selling concession from a syndicate member when Citigroup repurchases shares originally sold by that syndicate member in order to cover syndicate short positions or make stabilizing purchases.

        Any of these activities may have the effect of preventing or retarding a decline in the market price of the common stock. They may also cause the price of the common stock to be higher than the price that would otherwise exist in the open market in the absence of these transactions. The underwriters

102



may conduct these transactions on the New York Stock Exchange or in the over-the-counter market, or otherwise. If the underwriters commence any of these transactions, they may discontinue them at any time.

        We and the selling stockholders estimate that our respective portions of the total expenses of this offering will be $                              and $                  .

        The underwriters have performed investment banking and advisory services for us from time to time for which they have received customary fees and expenses. The underwriters may, from time to time, engage in transactions with and perform services for us in the ordinary course of their business. An affiliate of Wachovia Capital Markets, LLC is acting as directed trustee of our 401(k) plan.

        A prospectus in electronic format may be made available on the websites maintained by one or more of the underwriters. The representatives may agree to allocate a number of shares to underwriters for sale to their online brokerage account holders. The representatives will allocate shares to underwriters that may make Internet distributions on the same basis as other allocations. In addition, shares may be sold by the underwriters to securities dealers who resell shares to online brokerage account holders.

        We and the selling stockholders have agreed to indemnify the underwriters against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act of 1933, or to contribute to payments the underwriters may be required to make because of any of those liabilities.

103



LEGAL MATTERS

        The validity of our common stock offered hereby will be passed upon for us by Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP, New York, New York. The underwriters are being represented in connection with this offering by Shearman & Sterling LLP, New York, New York.


EXPERTS

        Our consolidated financial statements as of March 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the three years ended March 31, 2005, included in this prospectus and the related financial statement schedule included elsewhere in this registration statement have been audited by Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, as stated in their reports appearing herein and elsewhere in the registration statement, and are included in reliance upon the reports of such firm given upon their authority as experts in accounting and auditing.

        The financial statements of Morgan as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 and for the years then ended, included in this prospectus have been audited by Beason & Nalley, Inc., independent auditors, to the extent indicated in their report thereon also appearing herein. The foregoing financial statements have been included herein in reliance upon such reports given on the authority of such firm as experts in accounting and auditing.


WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION

        We have filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission a registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, with respect to the common stock we propose to sell in this offering. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement. For further information about us and the common stock we propose to sell in this offering, we refer you to the registration statement and the exhibits and schedules filed as a part of the registration statement. Statements contained in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement are not necessarily complete. If a contract or document has been filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, we refer you to the copy of the contract or document that has been filed. The registration statement may be inspected without charge at the principal office of the SEC in Washington, D.C. and copies of all or any part of the registration statement may be inspected and copied at the public reference facilities maintained by the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Room 1580, Washington, D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can also be obtained at prescribed rates by mail from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at 100 F Street, N.E., Washington, D.C. 20549. The SEC's toll-free number is 1-800-SEC-0330. In addition, the SEC maintains a website (http://www.sec.gov) that contains reports, proxy and information statements and other information regarding registrants that file electronically with the SEC. Prior to this offering, we were not required to file reports with the SEC.

        Upon completion of this offering, we will become subject to the information and periodic reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. The periodic reports and other information that we file with the SEC will be available for inspection and copying at the SEC's public reference facilities and on the website of the SEC referred to above.

104



INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

STANLEY, INC. CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS    
 
Report of Deloitte & Touche LLP, independent registered public accounting firm

 

F-2
 
Consolidated Statements of Income for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-3
 
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of March 31, 2004 and 2005 and for the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-4
 
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-5
 
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the Fiscal Years Ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and for the Nine Months Ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 (unaudited)

 

F-7
 
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

 

F-9

MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

 
 
Report of Beason & Nalley, Inc., independent auditor

 

F-27
 
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 

F-28
 
Statements of Income for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 

F-29
 
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 

F-30
 
Statements of Cash Flows for the Years Ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003

 

F-31
 
Notes to Financial Statements

 

F-32

F-1



Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

Board of Directors
Stanley, Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Stanley, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 31, 2004 and 2005, and the related consolidated statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity, and cash flows for the three years in the period ended March 31, 2005. These consolidated financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these consolidated financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform an audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audits included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company's internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements, assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, such consolidated financial statements present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of the Company as of March 31, 2004 and 2005, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/ Deloitte & Touche LLP

McLean, Virginia
July 12, 2005

F-2



STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Income
(in thousands, except share and per share amounts)

 
  Year Ended March 31,
  Nine Months Ended December 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2004
  2005
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Revenue   $ 143,488   $ 178,741   $ 282,456   $ 214,502   $ 200,622  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Operating costs and expenses:                                
  Cost of revenues     125,515     156,584     250,110     191,166     174,162  
  Selling, general and administrative     7,768     7,819     10,411     6,553     9,246  
  Depreciation and amortization     1,215     1,573     2,699     2,043     2,411  
   
 
 
 
 
 

Total operating costs and expenses

 

 

134,498

 

 

165,976

 

 

263,220

 

 

199,762

 

 

185,819

 
   
 
 
 
 
 

Operating income

 

 

8,990

 

 

12,765

 

 

19,236

 

 

14,740

 

 

14,803

 

Other income (expense):

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Other income         8     2     2     29  
  Interest expense—net     (117 )   (261 )   (822 )   (794 )   (1,166 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
    Total other expenses     (117 )   (253 )   (820 )   (792 )   (1,137 )
   
 
 
 
 
 

Income before taxes

 

 

8,873

 

 

12,512

 

 

18,416

 

 

13,948

 

 

13,666

 

Provision for income taxes

 

 

(3,437

)

 

(4,378

)

 

(7,184

)

 

(5,409

)

 

(5,435

)
   
 
 
 
 
 
Net income   $ 5,436   $ 8,134   $ 11,232   $ 8,539   $ 8,231  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Earnings per share:                                
  Basic   $ 10.92   $ 16.60   $ 23.34   $ 17.65   $ 17.36  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted   $ 10.12   $ 15.11   $ 20.97   $ 15.96   $ 15.26  
   
 
 
 
 
 
Weighted average shares:                                
  Basic     497,901     490,011     481,155     483,806     474,237  
   
 
 
 
 
 
  Diluted     536,903     538,458     535,700     535,184     539,220  
   
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-3



STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(in thousands, except share amounts)

 
  As of March 31,
   
 
 
  As of December 31,
2005

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Assets                    
Current assets:                    
  Accounts receivable—net   $ 50,646   $ 61,059   $ 67,968  
  Prepaid and other current assets     1,920     1,650     1,450  
  Prepaid taxes             1,044  
  Inventory     3,082          
   
 
 
 
    Total current assets     55,648     62,709     70,462  
  Property and equipment—net     2,837     2,840     5,769  
  Goodwill     17,444     17,974     18,001  
  Intangible assets—net     10,631     9,353     8,414  
  Other assets     288     682     1,096  
   
 
 
 
Total assets   $ 86,848   $ 93,558   $ 103,742  
   
 
 
 
Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity                    
Current liabilities:                    
  Line of credit   $ 19,279   $ 21,214   $ 22,909  
  Accounts payable     19,884     13,787     10,461  
  Accrued expenses and other liabilities     8,795     11,663     17,930  
  Current portion of note payable     1,000     1,000     1,000  
  Deferred income taxes     1,535     690     1,198  
  Income taxes payable     744     1,270      
   
 
 
 
    Total current liabilities     51,237     49,624     53,498  
  Note payable—net of current portion     8,833     7,833     7,083  
  Other long term liabilities     340     418     1,227  
  Deferred taxes     1,344     1,116     1,146  
   
 
 
 
    Total liabilities     61,754     58,991     62,954  
   
 
 
 
Commitments and contingencies:                    
Stockholders' equity:                    
  Common stock, $0.01 par value—1,000,000 shares authorized; 498,912 shares issued     5     5     5  
  Additional paid-in capital     2,417     3,374     3,614  
  Retained earnings     28,158     39,390     47,621  
  Less: Treasury stock; 14,394, 31,531 and 29,239 shares at cost, respectively     (747 )   (4,567 )   (5,494 )
  Deferred compensation     (3,727 )   (3,350 )   (4,673 )
  Shareholder notes receivable     (1,012 )   (285 )   (285 )
   
 
 
 
    Total stockholders' equity     25,094     34,567     40,788  
   
 
 
 
Total liabilities and stockholders' equity   $ 86,848   $ 93,558   $ 103,742  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-4



STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
(in thousands)

 
  Outstanding
Shares

  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Retained
Earnings

  Treasury
Shares

  Treasury
Stock

  Deferred
Compensation
Receivable

  Shareholders'
Notes

  Total
 
BALANCE, APRIL 1, 2002   500   $ 5   $ 2,823   $ 14,588   46   $ (2,375 ) $ (2,753 ) $ (1,060 ) $ 11,228  
Purchase of common stock for Treasury                 5     (496 )           (496 )
Issuance of shares from Treasury           (38 )     (8 )   461             423  
Retire Treasury stock   (1 )       (59 )       (1 )   59                  
Contribution of treasury stock to ESOP           36       (3 )   219             255  
Exercise of stock options from Treasury           (1,216 )     (37 )   1,900             684  
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of canceled shares                 1     (42 )   278           236  
Repayments of stockholder loans                             30     30  
Net income               5,436                   5,436  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, MARCH 31, 2003   499     5     1,546     20,024   3     (274 )   (2,475 )   (1,030 )   17,796  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of common stock for Treasury                 18     (1,811 )           (1,811 )
Contribution of Treasury stock to ESOP           288       (5 )   383             671  
Exercise of stock options from Treasury           (146 )     (3 )   208             62  
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of canceled shares                 1     (31 )   255         224  
Cancellation of restricted stock grants                 31     (1,627 )   1,627          
Restricted stock grants           729       (31 )   2,405     (3,134 )        
Repayments of shareholder loans                             18     18  
Net income               8,134                   8,134  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE—March 31, 2004   499     5     2,417     28,158   14     (747 )   (3,727 )   (1,012 )   25,094  

(continued)

F-5



STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Continued)
(in thousands)

 
  Outstanding
Shares

  Common
Stock

  Additional
Paid-In
Capital

  Retained
Earnings

  Treasury
Shares

  Treasury
Stock

  Deferred
Compensation
Receivable

  Shareholders'
Notes

  Total
 
BALANCE, March 31, 2004   499     5     2,417     28,158   14     (747 )   (3,727 )   (1,012 )   25,094  
Purchase of common stock for Treasury                 30     (4,505 )           (4,505 )
Contribution of Treasury stock to ESOP           835       (7 )   389             1,224  
Exercise of stock options from Treasury           4       (4 )   219             223  
Issuance of shares from Treasury           118       (2 )   82             200  
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of cancelled shares                 1     (5 )   377         372  
Forgiveness of shareholder loans                             727     727  
Net income               11,232                   11,232  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE, March 31, 2005   499     5     3,374     39,390   32     (4,567 )   (3,350 )   (285 )   34,567  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Purchase of common stock for Treasury (unaudited)                 22     (4,405 )           (4,405 )
Contribution of Treasury stock to ESOP (unaudited)           448       (8 )   1,114             1,562  
Exercise of stock options from Treasury (unaudited)           (45 )     (1 )   82             37  
Issuance of shares from Treasury (unaudited)           22       (1 )   202             224  
Restricted stock grants (unaudited)           (185 )     (15 )   2,080     (1,895 )        
Amortization of deferred compensation, net of canceled shares (unaudited)                         572         572  
Net income (unaudited)               8,231                   8,231  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
BALANCE—December 31, 2005 (unaudited)   499   $ 5   $ 3,614   $ 47,621   29   $ (5,494 ) $ (4,673 ) $ (285 ) $ 40,788  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-6



STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended March 31,
  Nine Months Ended
December 31,

 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2004
  2005
 
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES:                                
  Net income   $ 5,436   $ 8,134   $ 11,232   $ 8,539   $ 8,231  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by operating activities:                                
    Depreciation and amortization     979     1,349     2,327     1,762     1,840  
    Equity compensation     236     224     372     280     572  
    Loss on disposal of property and equipment     61     76     185     24     84  
    Deferred taxes     1,466     (850 )   (1,073 )   (30 )   537  
    Bad debt expense     112     (93 )   (70 )        
    Stock contributed to employee stock ownership plan     255     671     1,224     1,114     1,562  
    Changes in assets and liabilities — net of acquisition effect                                
      (Increase) decrease in billed and unbilled accounts receivable     (4,481 )   31     (10,343 )   (8,566 )   (6,909 )
      (Increase) decrease in income tax receivable     (144 )   144         (670 )   (570 )
      Decrease (increase) in prepaid and other current assets     122     (1,141 )   270     773     (273 )
      (Increase) decrease in inventory         (1,216 )   3,082     3,082      
      (Increase) decrease in other assets     (3 )   (99 )   (394 )   18     (415 )
      Increase (decrease) in accounts payable     4,484     1,829     (6,097 )   (8,480 )   (3,326 )
      Increase (decrease) in accrued expenses     4,712     (4,496 )   2,184     4,240     6,801  
      Increase (decrease) in other liabilities         328     81     (67 )   809  
      (Decrease) increase in interest and taxes payable     (2,259 )   744     526     (744 )   (1,270 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
        Net cash provided by operating activities     10,976     5,635     3,506     1,275     7,673  
   
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES:                                
  Purchase of CCI—net of cash acquired     (5,550 )   (1,300 )           (557 )
  Purchase of FSC—net of cash acquired         (27,209 )            
  Acquisition of property and equipment     (813 )   (1,164 )   (997 )   (624 )   (3,913 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net cash used in investing activities     (6,363 )   (29,673 )   (997 )   (624 )   (4,470 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                                
  Net borrowings (repayments) under line-of-credit agreement     (4,230 )   17,779     1,936     2,528     1,695  
  (Repayments) borrowings on long-term note     (1,000 )   8,000     (1,000 )   (750 )   (750 )
  Payments under capital lease obligations     (25 )   (10 )   (90 )   (14 )   (4 )
  Purchase of treasury stock     (496 )   (1,811 )   (4,505 )   (2,449 )   (4,405 )
  Proceeds from exercise of stock options     684     62     223     44     37  
  Cash repayments from shareholders     30     18     727     (10 )    
  Proceeds from sale of treasury stock     424         200         224  
   
 
 
 
 
 
      Net cash (used in) provided by financing activities     (4,613 )   24,038     (2,509 )   (651 )   (3,203 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
NET INCREASE IN CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS                      
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—Beginning of year                      
   
 
 
 
 
 
CASH AND CASH EQUIVALENTS—End of year   $   $   $   $   $  
   
 
 
 
 
 

(continued)

F-7



STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued)
(in thousands)

 
  Year Ended March 31,
  Nine Months Ended
December 31,

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2004
  2005
 
   
   
   
  (unaudited)

SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF CASH FLOW INFORMATION:                              
  Cash paid during the year for:                              
    Income taxes   $ 3,728   $ 4,321   $ 7,719   $ 6,824   $ 4,557
   
 
 
 
 
    Interest   $ 250   $ 243   $ 857   $ 794   $ 1,166
   
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NONCASH TRANSACTIONS:                              
  During 2003 and 2004 the Company acquired certain businesses in transactions summarized as follows:                              
    Fair value of tangible assets acquired   $ 3,913   $ 14,588   $   $   $
    Acquired amortized intangible assets     1,580     6,100            
    Acquired unamortized intangible assets     3,490     13,115            
    Cash paid, net of cash acquired     (5,550 )   (27,209 )          
   
 
 
 
 
      Liabilities assumed   $ 3,433   $ 6,594   $   $   $
   
 
 
 
 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES OF NONCASH FINANCING ACTIVITIES:                              
  Assets purchased under a capitalized lease agreement   $ 21   $   $ 240   $   $
   
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

F-8



STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

(in thousands, except share and per share data, or as otherwise noted)

1.    SUMMARY OF SIGNIFICANT ACCOUNTING POLICIES

        Principles of Consolidation—The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of Stanley, Inc.'s wholly owned subsidiaries, GCI Information Services, Inc., CCI Incorporated ("CCI"), and Fuentez Systems Concepts, Inc ("FSC"). All significant intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation. All per share amounts set forth in the consolidated financial statements and these accompanying notes are calculated prior to giving effect to an anticipated stock split to occur immediately prior to completion of this offering.

        Description of Business—Stanley, Inc., together with its subsidiaries ("Stanley" or the "Company"), is a provider of information technology services and solutions to U.S. defense and federal civilian government agencies. Stanley offers its customers solutions to support any stage of program, product development or business lifecycle through five service areas: systems engineering, enterprise integration, operational logistics, business process outsourcing and advanced engineering and technology. The Company has derived substantially all of its revenue from U.S. federal government agencies.

        Stanley's largest revenue-generating contract is with the Department of State for the provision of passport processing and support services and accounted for approximately 23%, 20% and 15% of revenues for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. No other contract accounted for more than 8% of revenue in the periods presented herein.

        Unaudited Interim Financial Information—The accompanying interim consolidated statements of income for the nine months ended December 31, 2004 and 2005 are unaudited. The unaudited interim financial statements have been prepared on the same basis as the annual financial statements and, in the opinion of management, reflect all adjustments, which include only normal recurring adjustments, necessary to present fairly the Company's financial position as of December 31, 2005, and its results of operations and cash flows for the nine months ended December 31, 2004 and 2005. The results of operations for the interim period are not necessarily indicative of the results for the full year.

        Fair Value of Financial Instruments—The fair value of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued expenses, note payable, and swap contract approximates their respective carrying amounts.

        Revenue Recognition—The Company recognizes revenue under its contracts when a contract has been executed, the contract price is fixed and determinable, delivery of services or products has occurred, and collectibility is considered probable and can be reasonably estimated. Revenue is earned under cost-plus-fee, fixed-price and time-and-materials contracts. The Company uses a standard management process to determine whether all required criteria for revenue recognition have been met, which includes regular reviews of the Company's contract performance. This review covers, among other matters, progress against a schedule, outstanding action items, effort and staffing, quality, risks and issues, subcontract management, costs incurred, commitments, and client satisfaction. During this review, the Company determines whether the overall progress on a contract is consistent with the effort expended.

        Under cost-plus-fee contracts, revenues are recognized as costs are incurred and include an estimate of applicable fees earned. The Company considers fixed fees under cost-plus-fee contracts to be earned in proportion to the allowable costs actually incurred in performance of the contract for level of effort contracts. For completion type cost-plus-fee contracts, fixed fees are earned in proportion to the percentage of work completed. For time-and-materials contracts, revenues are computed by multiplying the number of direct labor-hours expended in performance of the contract by the

F-9



contractual billing rates and adding other billable direct and indirect costs. For fixed-price contracts, revenues are recognized as services are performed, using the percentage-of-completion method, applying the cost-to-cost or units of delivery method, in accordance with Accounting Research Bulletin No. 45 and American Institute of Certified Public Accountants (AICPA) Statement of Position 81-1 "Accounting for Performance of Construction-Type and Certain Production-Type Contracts" (SOP 81-1).

        Contract revenue recognition inherently involves the use of estimates. Examples of estimates include the contemplated level of effort to accomplish the tasks under contract, the cost of the effort, and an ongoing assessment of the Company's progress toward completing the contract. From time to time, as part of the Company's standard management process, facts develop that require the Company to revise its estimated total costs and revenues. To the extent that a revised estimate affects contract profit or revenue previously recognized, the Company records the cumulative effect of the revision in the period in which the facts requiring the revision become known. The full amount of an anticipated loss on any type of contract is recognized in the period in which it becomes probable and can be reasonably estimated.

        For cost-plus-award fee type contracts, the Company recognizes the expected fee to be awarded by the customer at the time such fee can be reasonably estimated, based on factors such as prior award experience and communications with the customer regarding performance, including any interim performance evaluations rendered by the customer. For cost-plus-incentive fee type contracts, the method of calculating incentive fee is specified in the contract and it is typically based on measuring actual costs to perform the contract against a target cost to perform the contract. The Company prepares periodic estimates to complete and adjusts the incentive fee as required based on the contract incentive fee formula.

        The Company's contracts with agencies of the government are subject to periodic funding by the respective contracting agency. Funding for a contract may be provided in full at inception of the contract or ratably throughout the contract as the services are provided. From time to time, the Company may proceed with work based on client direction prior to the completion and signing of formal contract documents. The Company has a formal review process for approving any such work. Revenue associated with such work is recognized only when it can be reliably estimated and realization is probable. The Company bases its estimates on previous experiences with the client, communications with the client regarding funding status, and its knowledge of available funding for the contract or program.

        The allowability of certain costs under government contracts is subject to audit by the government. Certain indirect costs are charged to contracts using provisional or estimated indirect rates, which are subject to later revision based on government audits of those costs. Management is of the opinion that costs subsequently disallowed, if any, would not be significant.

        Concentration of Risk—Contracts funded by federal government agencies account for substantially all of our revenues. For the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, we derived approximately 57%, 64% and 70% of our revenues, respectively, from the Department of Defense, including agencies within the intelligence community, and approximately 43%, 36% and 30% of our revenues, respectively, from federal civilian government agencies. The Company's contract with the Department of State for the provision of passport processing and support services, which is our largest revenue-generating contract, accounted for approximately 23%, 20% and 15% of our revenues for the years ended

F-10



March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. Aside from our contract for passport processing and support services, no single contract exceeded 8% of our revenues for the periods presented herein.

        Property and Equipment—Property and equipment are carried at cost, less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation of property and equipment is calculated using the straight-line method over the useful lives, ranging from 5 to 10 years. Leasehold improvements are amortized over the lesser of the useful life or the term of the lease. Repairs and maintenance are expensed as incurred. Depreciation expense related to property and equipment was $0.7 million, $0.8 million and $1.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

        Goodwill and Intangible AssetsGoodwill represents the excess of cost over the fair value of net tangible and identifiable intangible assets of acquired companies. In accordance with SFAS No. 142, Goodwill and Other Intangible Assets the Company does not amortize goodwill; rather it tests goodwill for impairment at least on an annual basis. Testing for impairment is a two-step process as prescribed by SFAS No. 142. The first step is a test for potential impairment, while the second step measures the amount of impairment, if any. Under the guidelines of SFAS No. 142, the Company is required to perform an impairment test at least on an annual basis at any time during the fiscal year provided the test is performed at the same time every year. An impairment loss would be recognized when the assets' fair value is below their carrying value. Stanley has elected December 31 as its testing date. Based on the testing performed as of December 31, 2005, the Company believes that no impairments exist. Customer relationships and other intangibles are amortized on a straight-line basis over periods ranging from three to seven years.

        Impairment of Long-Lived Assets—Whenever events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of long-lived assets may not be fully recoverable, Stanley evaluates the probability that future undiscounted net cash flows, without interest charges, will be less than the carrying amount of the assets. If any impairment were indicated as a result of this review, Stanley would recognize a loss based on the amount by which the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value. Stanley believes that no impairments exist as of December 31, 2005.

        Income Taxes—The provision for income taxes includes federal and state income taxes currently payable plus the net change during the year in the deferred tax liability or asset. The current or deferred tax consequences of all events that have been recognized in the financial statements are measured based on provisions of enacted tax law to determine the amount of taxes payable or refundable in future periods.

        Unbilled Receivables—Unbilled receivables include certain costs and a portion of the fee or expected profit, which is billable upon completion of the contract. Amounts not billable within one year are not significant.

        Inventory—Inventories, which include products held for resale, are stated at the lower of cost or market. Stanley's non-contract inventories are valued on a first-in, first-out ("FIFO") basis.

        Stock-Based Compensation—As permitted under SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation ("SFAS No. 123"), Stanley accounts for its stock-based compensation plans, which are further described in Note 11, using the intrinsic value method under the recognition and measurement principles of APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees ("APB No. 25"), and related Interpretations. No stock-based employee compensation cost, related to stock options, is

F-11



reflected in net income, as all options granted under those plans had an exercise price equal to the market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant. The following table illustrates, in accordance with the provisions of SFAS No. 148, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation—Transition and Disclosure, the effect on net income and earnings per share if the Company had applied the fair value recognition provision of SFAS No. 123 to stock-based employee compensation.

 
  Year Ended March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

 
Net Income, as reported   $ 5,436   $ 8,134   $ 11,232  

Deduct: Total stock-based employee compensation expense as determined under the fair value method for all awards—net of related tax effects

 

 

(104

)

 

(114

)

 

(83

)
   
 
 
 
Pro forma net income   $ 5,332   $ 8,020   $ 11,149  
   
 
 
 
Basic earnings per share:                    
  As reported   $ 10.92   $ 16.60   $ 23.34  
   
 
 
 
  Pro forma   $ 10.71   $ 16.37   $ 23.17  
   
 
 
 
Diluted earnings per share:                    
  As reported   $ 10.12   $ 15.11   $ 20.97  
   
 
 
 
  Pro forma   $ 9.93   $ 14.89   $ 20.81  
   
 
 
 

        The assumptions used to calculate the estimated fair value of stock options at their grant dates are presented in Note 11.

        Earnings per share—Basic earnings per share has been computed by dividing net income available to common stockholders by the weighted average number of shares of common stock outstanding during each period. Shares issued during the period and shares reacquired during the period are weighted for the portion of the period that they were outstanding. Diluted earnings per share considers the potential dilution that could occur if securities or other contracts to issue common stock were exercised or converted into common stock. The weighted average number of common shares outstanding is computed as follows:

 
  Year Ended March 31,
  Nine Months Ended December 31,
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
  2004
  2005
Basic weighted average common shares outstanding   497,901   490,011   481,155   483,806   474,237
Effect of potential exercise of stock options   39,002   48,447   54,545   51,378   64,983
   
 
 
 
 
Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding   536,903   538,458   535,700   535,184   539,220
   
 
 
 
 

F-12


        All options to purchase common stock are included in the computation of diluted earnings per share because the average fair value per common share was greater than the options' exercise prices.

        Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities—On March 15, 2004, Stanley entered into a swap agreement to reduce exposure to interest rate fluctuations on its floating rate debt commitments (Note 6). As of March 31, 2004 and 2005, Stanley maintained this interest rate swap agreement under which the interest rate is fixed with respect to specified amounts of notional principal. Stanley's exposure under this agreement is limited to the impact of variable interest rate fluctuations and the periodic settlement of amounts due. The interest rate swap agreement in effect at March 31, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005, has a maturity date of December 13, 2013 and a fixed rate of 3.49%, and had a notional amount of $9.8 million at March 31, 2004, $8.8 million at March 31, 2005 and $8.0 million at December 31, 2005.

        In accordance with SFAS No. 133, Accounting for Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities ("SFAS No. 133"), as amended by SFAS No. 138, Accounting for Certain Derivative Instruments and Certain Hedging Activities, an Amendment of SFAS 133 and SFAS No. 149, Amendment of Statement 133 on Derivative Instruments and Hedging Activities, the fair value of the hedge arrangement is recorded as an asset or a liability in the accompanying consolidated balance sheets at March 31, 2005. For qualifying cash flow hedges, SFAS No. 133, as amended, holds that the effective portion of derivative gains and losses be recorded as a component of other comprehensive income and be reclassified into earnings in the same period in which the hedged transaction affects such earnings. There was no effective portion recorded as an equity component at March 31, 2004 and 2005 or December 31, 2005. The ineffective portion of the change in fair value of the interest rate swap is recognized in the consolidated statement of income in the period of change. The fair value at March 31, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005, was an unrecognized gain (loss) of $(0.1) million, $0.4 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively. The total recognized gain (loss) on the interest swap for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months ended December 31, 2005, was $(0.1) million, $0.4 million and less than $0.1 million, respectively, and is recorded as part of interest expense in the consolidated statement of income.

        Use of Estimates—The preparation of financial statements in conformity with generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates. Significant items subject to such estimates and assumptions include revenue recognition, carrying amount and useful lives of long-lived assets, valuation allowances for accounts receivable and deferred tax assets, software development costs and loss contingencies, such as litigation, claims and assessments.

        Recently Issued Accounting Standards—In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board ("FASB") issued SFAS No. 123R, Share-Based Payment ("SFAS No. 123R"), which replaces SFAS No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation, and supersedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees. SFAS No. 123R requires compensation costs related to share-based payment transactions to be recognized in the financial statements. With limited exceptions, the amount of compensation cost is measured based on the grant-date fair value of the equity or liability instruments issued. SFAS No. 123R requires liability awards to be remeasured each reporting period

F-13



and compensation costs to be recognized over the period that an employee provides service in exchange for the award. SFAS No. 123R is effective as of the beginning of the first annual reporting period that begins after December 15, 2005. The Company will adopt the provisions of SFAS No. 123R on a prospective basis during the fiscal year beginning April 1, 2006, and is currently evaluating the effect that adoption of this statement will have on the financial position and results of operations.

        Reclassifications—Certain reclassifications have been made to prior year presentations to conform to the current presentation.

2.    ACCOUNTS RECEIVABLE

        Accounts receivable consists of the following:

 
  At March 31,
   
 
 
  At December 31,
2005

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Billed receivables   $ 45,755   $ 52,032   $ 52,856  
Unbilled receivables     5,590     9,874     15,944  
Less: Allowance for doubtful accounts     (699 )   (847 )   (832 )
   
 
 
 
  Total   $ 50,646   $ 61,059   $ 67,968  
   
 
 
 

        Consistent with industry practice, certain receivables related to long term contracts are classified as current, although a portion of these amounts is not expected to be billed and collected within one year. Unbilled accounts receivable are expected to be billed and collected within one year except for $1.5 million and $2.0 million at March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

        Billing in excess of costs incurred are recorded as reductions to accounts receivable and total $2.5 million, $2.8 million and $2.2 million at March 31, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

F-14


3.    PROPERTY AND EQUIPMENT

        Property and equipment consists of the following:

 
  At March 31,
   
 
 
  At December 31,
2005

 
 
  2004
  2005
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Computers and peripherals   $ 2,442   $ 2,965   $ 3,644  
Software     971     1,155     1,437  
Furniture and equipment     1,496     1,558     3,205  
Leasehold improvements     886     884     1,926  
   
 
 
 
      5,795     6,562     10,212  

Less: Accumulated depreciation and amortization

 

 

(2,958

)

 

(3,722

)

 

(4,443

)
   
 
 
 
Property and equipment—net   $ 2,837   $ 2,840   $ 5,769  
   
 
 
 
Property and equipment included above that are under capital lease obligations include:                    
  Software   $   $ 239   $ 239  
  Furniture and equipment     42     42     42  
  Less: Accumulated depreciation     (29 )   (52 )   (75 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 13   $ 229   $ 206  
   
 
 
 

4.    GOODWILL AND INTANGIBLE ASSETS

        The changes in the carrying amount of goodwill for the years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005 are as follows:

 
  March 31,
   
 
  December 31,
2005

 
  2004
  2005
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Balance as of April 1   $ 6,029   $ 17,444   $ 17,974
Goodwill acquired during the year in connection with the CCI acquisition     1,300     530     27
Goodwill acquired during the year in connection with the FSC acquisition     10,115        
   
 
 
Balance as of March 31   $ 17,444   $ 17,974   $ 18,001
   
 
 

F-15


        The components of acquired other intangible assets as of March 31, 2004, are as follows:

 
  As of March 31, 2004
 
  Gross Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Total
Assets subject to amortization:                  
  Customer relationships   $ 6,580   $ (609 ) $ 5,971
  Noncompete agreements     1,495     (425 )   1,070
   
 
 
Total   $ 8,075   $ (1,034 )   7,041
   
 
     
Assets not subject to amortization:                  
  Trade name                 3,590
               
Total               $ 10,631
               

        The components of acquired other intangible assets as of March 31, 2005, are as follows:

 
  As of March 31, 2005
   
 
  Gross Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Total
Assets subject to amortization:                  
  Customer relationships   $ 6,580   $ (1,642 ) $ 4,938
  Noncompete agreements     1,495     (670 )   825
   
 
 
Total   $ 8,075   $ (2,312 )   5,763
   
 
     
Assets not subject to amortization:                  
  Trade name                 3,590
               
Total               $ 9,353
               

        The components of acquired other intangible assets as of December 31, 2005, are as follows:

 
  As of December 31, 2005
(unaudited)

   
 
  Gross Carrying
Amount

  Accumulated
Amortization

  Total
Assets subject to amortization:                  
  Customer relationships   $ 6,580   $ (2,416 ) $ 4,164
  Noncompete agreements     1,495     (835 )   660
   
 
 
Total   $ 8,075   $ (3,251 )   4,824
   
 
     
Assets not subject to amortization:                  
  Trade name                 3,590
               
Total               $ 8,414
               

        Aggregate amortization expense of other intangible assets was $0.5 million, $0.6 million, $1.3 million and $0.9 million for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005 and the nine months

F-16



ended December 31, 2005, respectively. Other intangible assets are being amortized on a straight-line basis over a period of 3 to 6.5 years.

        Estimated amortization expense is as follows for the periods indicated:

Years Ending March 31,

   
2006   $ 1,253
2007     1,252
2008     1,252
2009     1,044
Thereafter     962
   
Total   $ 5,763
   

5.    ACCRUED EXPENSES AND OTHER CURRENT LIABILITIES

        Accrued expenses consist of the following:

 
  At March 31,
   
 
  At December 31, 2005
 
  2004
  2005
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

Accrued payroll costs   $ 4,504   $ 4,908   $ 5,080
Accrued contract costs     3,602     4,776     9,511
Accrued indirect costs     567     1,177     1,949
Accrued employee stock ownership plan liability             1,123
Accrued additional consideration         530    
Other payables     122     272     267
   
 
 
Total accrued expenses   $ 8,795   $ 11,663   $ 17,930
   
 
 

6.    DEBT

 
  At March 31,
  At
December 31,

 
 
  2004
  2005
  2005
 
 
   
   
  (unaudited)

 
Borrowing under the note payable and revolving line of credit:                    
  Revolving line of credit   $ 19,279   $ 21,214   $ 22,909  
  Note payable     9,833     8,833     8,083  
   
 
 
 
    Total debt     29,112     30,047     30,992  
  Less: current portion     (20,279 )   (22,214 )   (23,909 )
   
 
 
 
   
Debt — net of current portion

 

$

8,833

 

$

7,833

 

$

7,083

 
   
 
 
 

        Stanley maintains a revolving credit line with SunTrust Bank (the "Bank") that provides for borrowings up to $31.0 million, limited to 90% of eligible receivables. As of March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2005, $9.8 million and $8.0 million, respectively, were available under the line of credit. Borrowings bear interest at the 30-day LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.6% and 1.85% at March 31,

F-17



2005 and December 31, 2005, respectively (4.32% at March 31, 2005 and 6.16% at December 31, 2005). All borrowings are collateralized by accounts receivable, all personal and fixture property of Stanley and all general intangibles including intellectual property. The agreement requires Stanley to maintain various covenants including a minimum level of adjusted tangible net worth and limits Stanley's allowable leverage ratio and current ratio. In addition, the agreement prohibits the payment of dividends. Stanley was in compliance with these covenants as of March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2005. Borrowings under this line were $19.3 million, $21.2 million and $22.9 million at March 31, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005, respectively.

        Stanley also has a note payable to the Bank totaling $9.8 million, $8.8 million and $8.1 million, respectively, at March 31, 2004 and 2005 and December 31, 2005, respectively. The interest rate on the term note was the 30-day LIBOR rate plus a spread of 1.95% and 2.20% at March 31, 2005 and December 31, 2005, respectively (4.67% at March 31, 2005 and 6.51% at December 31, 2005). The note is repayable in monthly principal payments aggregating $1.0 million per year, plus interest. The note is collateralized by substantially all of Stanley's assets.

7.    ACQUISITIONS

        On December 31, 2003, Stanley completed the acquisition of Fuentez Systems Concepts, Inc., an information technology company based in Charleston, South Carolina, for $27.2 million, net of cash acquired. This acquisition combined the systems engineering, production, integration, and C4ISR expertise of FSC with Stanley's network engineering, software, and technical support capabilities to more effectively address the needs of both companies. In accordance with SFAS No. 141, Business Combinations ("SFAS No. 141"), the acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting. Accordingly, the results of operations of FSC for the period January 1, 2004, to March 31, 2004 are included in the accompanying consolidated financial statements. The purchase price has been allocated to the assets acquired and liabilities assumed based upon the estimated fair values. Of the purchase consideration, $10.1 million has been allocated to goodwill, based upon the excess of the purchase price over the $8.5 million estimated fair value of net tangible assets and the $9.1 million assigned to other identifiable intangible assets (see Note 4). Goodwill of $10.1 million is deductible for tax purposes.

        On September 1, 2002, the Company purchased all the outstanding capital stock of CCI, Incorporated for $5.5 million, net of cash acquired. The acquisition was accounted for under the purchase method of accounting, and accordingly, the results of CCI have been included in the consolidated financial statements beginning September 2, 2002. The payment was financed through Stanley's existing credit facility. The acquired business is a provider of professional, technical, and management services to the federal government. This acquisition enables Stanley to meet growing customer needs, increases the national presence, and longer-term competitiveness in the market. During the years ended March 31, 2004, and March 31, 2005, Stanley paid $1.3 million and accrued $0.5 million, respectively, in additional consideration. The amount accrued as of March 31, 2005, was paid on June 16, 2005. Of the purchase consideration, $5.3 million has been allocated to goodwill, based upon the excess of the purchase price over the $1.9 million estimated fair value of net tangible assets, $2.2 million assigned to other identifiable intangible assets, and $1.8 million in additional payments subsequent to the acquisition date.

F-18



        The following table summarizes the estimated fair values of the assets acquired and liabilities assumed, at the date of the acquisition.

 
  CCI
  FSC
 
  (in millions)

Current assets   $ 4.3   $ 14.7
Property and equipment, net     0.1     0.3
Goodwill     5.3     10.1
Identified intangibles     2.2     9.1
   
 
  Total assets acquired     11.9     34.2

Current liabilities

 

 

1.9

 

 

6.5
Other liabilities     0.6    
   
 
  Total liabilities assumed     2.5     6.5
   
 
Net assets acquired   $ 9.4   $ 27.7
   
 

        Included in identified intangibles arising from the CCI acquisition is $1.6 million related to customer relationships which is being amortized over a period of 6 years. Included in identified intangibles arising from the FSC acquisition are $5.0 million and $1.1 million related to customer contracts and non-compete agreements, respectively, which are being amortized over periods of 6.5 years and 5 years, respectively.

        The following unaudited pro forma information presents consolidated information as if the acquisitions of CCI and FSC had occurred on April 1, 2002. The pro forma information is provided based on historical data that does not necessarily reflect the actual results that would have occurred, nor is it necessarily indicative of the future results of operations of the combined entity.

 
  Pro Forma March 31,
 
  2003
  2004
 
  (in millions, except
per share amounts)

Revenue   $ 190.2   $ 213.3
Net income   $ 8.5   $ 9.7
Basic earnings per share   $ 16.98   $ 19.79
Diluted earnings per share   $ 15.75   $ 18.01

F-19


8.    INCOME TAXES

        The provision for Federal and State income taxes for fiscal years ended March 31 consists of the following:

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Current income taxes:                    
  Federal   $ 1,720   $ 4,591   $ 6,835  
  State     251     637     1,422  
   
 
 
 
      1,971     5,228     8,257  
   
 
 
 
Deferred income taxes:                    
  Federal     1,316     (755 )   (885 )
  State     150     (95 )   (188 )
   
 
 
 
      1,466     (850 )   (1,073 )
   
 
 
 
    $ 3,437   $ 4,378   $ 7,184  
   
 
 
 

        The tax effects of temporary differences that give rise to significant deferred tax assets and deferred tax liabilities at March 31 are as follows:

 
  2004
  2005
 
 
  Assets
  Liabilities
  Assets
  Liabilities
 
Current:                          
  Accrued vacation   $ 545   $   $ 815   $  
  Bad debts     211         330      
  Unbilled revenue         (2,298 )       (1,835 )
  Other     7                
   
 
 
 
 
    Total current     763     (2,298 )   1,145     (1,835 )
   
 
 
 
 
Noncurrent:                          
  Restricted Stock Options             113      
  Depreciation         (529 )       (322 )
  Accrual adjustment         (308 )       (153 )
  Intangibles         (621 )       (666 )
  Other     114             (88 )
   
 
 
 
 
    Total noncurrent     114     (1,458 )   113     (1,229 )
   
 
 
 
 
Total   $ 877   $ (3,756 ) $ 1,258   $ (3,064 )
   
 
 
 
 

F-20


        A reconciliation of the statutory Federal income tax rate with Stanley's effective income tax rate at March 31 is as follows:

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Statutory Federal rate   35.00 % 35.00 % 35.00 %
State income taxes—net of Federal income tax benefit   2.94 % 4.35 % 4.36 %
Accruals   % (2.51 )% %
Other   0.80 % (1.84 )% (0.35 )%
   
 
 
 
Effective tax rates   38.74 % 35.00 % 39.01 %
   
 
 
 

9.    EMPLOYEE STOCK OWNERSHIP PLAN

        Stanley maintains an Employee Stock Ownership Plan ("ESOP") designed to provide employee ownership of the Company's stock. The ESOP is generally available to all U.S. employees and is funded by periodic discretionary contributions approved by the Board of Directors.

        Contributions to the ESOP for the year ended March 31, 2003, were $1.4 million, of which $0.8 million was contributed in cash and the remainder was contributed in the form of 2,500 shares of Stanley's common stock with a fair value, at the date of the contribution, of $101.95 per share. Effective March 31, 2003, Stanley merged the assets of the Stanley Associates Profit Sharing Trust (PST) with the ESOP.

        Contributions to the ESOP for the year ended March 31, 2004, were $1.7 million, of which $1.0 million was contributed in cash and the remainder was contributed in the form of 5,000 shares of Stanley's common stock with a fair value, at the date of the contribution, of $134.17 per share.

        Contributions to the ESOP for the year ended March 31, 2005, were $2.0 million, of which $0.8 million was contributed in cash and the remainder was contributed in the form of 5,000 shares and 2,500 shares of Stanley's common stock with a fair value, at the date of the contribution, of $161.06 and $167.66 per share, respectively.

        Stanley determines the fair market value of its stock utilizing various methods, including obtaining an independent third-party valuation specialist. The fair market value per common share held by the ESOP was $112.05, $148.55 and $208.25 as of March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

10.    401(K) PLAN

        Stanley maintains a 401(k) plan for substantially all its employees. Employees may elect to defer up to the maximum amount permissible under the IRS code. After employees have completed a year of service, the Company matches 100% of the first 3% deferred and 50% of the next 2% deferred. Company matching contributions are immediately vested.

        Contributions to the 401(k) plan were $1.3 million, $1.5 million and $2.0 million for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively.

F-21



11.    STOCKHOLDERS' EQUITY

    Common Stock

        Holders of common stock vote as a single class, with each share of common stock having one vote per share. Holders of common stock share equally in any dividends declared by the board of directors.

        Stanley purchased 486 shares of treasury stock and 6,070 shares of treasury stock from three of its shareholders for the years ended March 31, 2003 and 2004, respectively, and 20 shares of treasury stock from two of its shareholders for the year ended March 31, 2005. The shares were recorded at cost.

        Stanley purchased 5,000, 12,212 and 30,315 shares of treasury stock from the ESOP for the years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, respectively. The shares were recorded at cost.

    Deferred Compensation and Stock Options

        Under the Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan (the "Plan"), Stanley is authorized to provide awards for a maximum of 500,000 shares of common stock to key employees and non-employee directors. The Plan allows for cash awards, restricted stock awards, restricted stock trust awards and option awards. Vesting periods of these awards vary. Holders of restricted stock awards have voting rights with respect to the awards. Holders of restricted stock trust awards do not. The option awards may have an exercise price that ranges from 85% to 110% of the fair market value of the common stock on the date the option is granted. No stock-based compensation expense related to stock options has been recorded as all options granted had an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying common stock on the date of grant.

        During the year ended March 31, 2003, the Company granted 1,013 option awards. The vesting period of these awards ranged from zero to five years. All options were issued with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of the award, which was $61.50 per share.

        During the year ended March 31, 2004, Stanley granted 16,645 option awards. The vesting period of these awards ranged from zero to five years. All options were issued with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the underlying stock on the date of the award, which varied between $70.60 and $100.00 per share.

F-22


        Additionally, Stanley offered certain executives the option to exchange their unvested restricted stock awards for restricted stock trust awards. The vesting period of the new awards was the same as the vesting period of the respective cancelled awards. As a result of this offer, a total of 31,340 restricted stock awards were cancelled and reissued as restricted stock trust awards. Stanley recorded the cancellation of the previous stock grant as a reduction to deferred compensation and treasury stock in the amount of the unamortized deferred compensation associated with the initial stock grant of $1.6 million. Stanley recorded the shares underlying the new restricted stock trust awards from its treasury at the fair value on the date of the exchange of $3.1 million ($100 per share). The effect of the exchange will result in compensation being recorded over the vesting period equal to the value of the grant at the date of the exchange.

        During the year ended March 31, 2005, Stanley granted 4,450 option awards. The vesting period of these awards ranged from zero to five years. Options were issued with an exercise price equal to the fair market value of the stock at the date of the award, which varied between $100.00 and $111.50 per share.

        For disclosure purposes, the fair value of each stock option grant is estimated on the date of grant using the Black-Scholes option-pricing model. Under the Black-Scholes model, the total value of options granted in 2003, 2004 and 2005, was $0.01 million, $0.2 million and $0.1 million, respectively. These options would be amortized on a pro forma basis based upon the vesting schedule specified in the option agreement. The weighted average fair value of an individual option granted in 2003, 2004 and 2005 was $14.54, $18.32 and $26.97, respectively. The fair value of Stanley's stock-based option awards to employees was estimated assuming no expected dividends and the following weighted-average assumptions:

 
  March 31,
 
 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
Expected volatility   0 % 0 % 0 %
Risk-free interest rate   3.54 % 3.31 % 4.23 %
Expected life (years)   7.5 years   7.5 years   7.5 years  

        A summary of stock option activity during the years ended March 31 is as follows:

 
  2003
  2004
  2005
 
  Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

  Shares
  Weighted
Average
Exercise
Price

Outstanding, beginning of year   101,422   $ 27.03   63,807   $ 32.67   77,328   $ 41.61
Granted during the year   1,013   $ 61.50   16,645   $ 74.20   4,450   $ 101.16
Exercised during the year   (37,454 ) $ 18.02   (2,424 ) $ 25.54   (4,210 ) $ 52.84
Forfeited during the year   (1,174 ) $ 48.54   (700 ) $ 63.04   (1,570 ) $ 59.62
   
 
 
 
 
 
Outstanding, end of year   63,807   $ 32.67   77,328   $ 41.61   75,998   $ 44.09
   
 
 
 
 
 
Options exercisable, end of year   49,137         54,438         56,718      

F-23


        The following table summarizes information about stock options outstanding at March 31, 2005:

Exercise Price

  Number
Outstanding at
3/31/2005

  Weighted
Average
Remaining Life

  Number
Exercisable at
3/31/2005

14.87   15,864   2.0   15,864
15.78   12,864   3.0   12,864
43.32   10,520   4.0   10,520
47.65   400   4.0   400
53.25   16,850   5.3   13,480
58.58   500   5.3   400
50.50   198   6.6   118
61.50   163   7.5   163
70.60   9,930   8.1   1,985
77.66   3,600   8.1   720
84.04   119   8.3   24
100.00   900   8.9   180
100.00   4,000   9.1  
111.50   90   9.3  
   
     
    75,998       56,718
   
     

12.    COMMITMENTS AND CONTINGENCIES

        Operating Leases—Stanley leases buildings and equipment under various operating leases with lease terms ranging from one month to eight years. The rental payments under certain of the leases are based on a minimum rental plus a percentage of the operating expenses. The minimum rental of certain leases is also adjusted annually based on the Consumer Price Index. The following is a schedule of the future minimum lease payments required under operating leases that have initial non-cancelable lease terms in excess of one year as of March 31, 2005:

Fiscal Year Ending
March 31,

  Minimum Lease
Commitments

2006   $ 4,897
2007     4,444
2008     4,261
2009     3,479
2010     3,314
Thereafter     3,325
   
    $ 23,720
   

        Total rent expense for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2003, 2004 and 2005, was $2.1 million, $3.2 million and $4.1 million, respectively.

F-24



        Capital LeasesStanley has capital lease arrangements for certain office equipment and software licenses that are included in property and equipment in the accompanying balance sheet in the amount of less than $0.1 million and $0.2 million, net of accumulated depreciation, at March 31, 2004 and March 31, 2005, respectively. The assets under capital leases are amortized on straight-line basis over the shorter of the respective useful lives or the lease term. The obligations are collateralized by the related leased equipment.

        Future minimum lease payments required under the capital leases at March 31, 2005, are as follows:

Fiscal Year Ending March 31,

  Minimum
Lease Commitments

 
2006   $ 87  
2007     86  
2008     1  
   
 
Total Minimum lease payments     174  
Less: Amount representing interest     (11 )
   
 
Present value of minimum lease payments     163  
Less: Current portion     (80 )
   
 
Long-term portion   $ 83  
   
 

        Contract Cost Audits—Substantially all payments to Stanley under cost-reimbursable contracts and subcontracts with the U.S. Government are provisional payments, which are subject to potential adjustments upon audit by the Defense Contract Audit Agency. Audits through fiscal year 2002 have been completed. In the opinion of management, adjustments resulting from the audits of all subsequent years are not expected to have a material effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

13.    UNAUDITED QUARTERLY FINANCIAL DATA

        Unaudited summarized financial data by quarter for the fiscal years ended March 31, 2004 and 2005 is presented in the table below.

 
  June 30
  September 30
  December 31
  March 31
 
  (in thousands, except per share data)

Fiscal 2005                        
Revenues   $ 73,726   $ 78,990   $ 61,786   $ 67,954
Operating income     5,097     6,484     3,159     4,496
Net income     2,981     3,934     1,624     2,693
Basic EPS   $ 6.14   $ 8.09   $ 3.39   $ 5.69
Diluted EPS     5.59     7.37     3.06     5.10
Fiscal 2004                        
Revenues   $ 34,806   $ 41,849   $ 38,711   $ 63,375
Operating income     2,377     2,724     2,523     5,141
Net income     1,400     1,741     1,705     3,288
Basic EPS   $ 2.85   $ 3.54   $ 3.47   $ 6.77
Diluted EPS     2.63     3.28     3.18     6.15

F-25


14.    SUBSEQUENT EVENTS (UNAUDITED)

        On February 16, 2006, Stanley purchased all of the outstanding capital stock of Morgan Research Corporation for $76.0 million, plus an additional $6.2 million in additional working capital and other purchase price adjustments. Morgan is a specialized engineering and technology services company based in Huntsville, Alabama. The acquisition was financed with term loan borrowings under a new $150 million senior credit facility, which had terms substantially comparable to those of the previous facility.

F-26



Independent Auditor's Report

To the Board of Directors
Morgan Research Corporation
Huntsville, Alabama

        We have audited the accompanying balance sheets of Morgan Research Corporation as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, and the related statements of income, changes in stockholders' equity and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

        We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatement. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

        In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Morgan Research Corporation as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

/s/  BEASON & NALLEY, INC.      

CERTIFIED PUBLIC ACCOUNTANTS

February 11, 2006

F-27



MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION
Balance Sheets

 
  As of December 31,
 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
Current Assets:                    
  Cash and cash equivalents   $ 8,603,363   $ 6,953,126   $ 4,782,782  
  Contracts receivable     11,716,928     7,834,094     2,762,237  
  Other receivables     15,544     4,809      
  Income tax receivable             100,107  
  Prepaid expenses     46,202     48,827     18,792  
  Deferred income taxes     316,866     233,842     134,219  
   
 
 
 
Total Current Assets     20,698,903     15,074,698     7,798,137  

Furniture and Equipment, net

 

 

498,428

 

 

530,840

 

 

395,402

 
   
 
 
 
Total Assets   $ 21,197,331   $ 15,605,538   $ 8,193,539  
   
 
 
 
Current Liabilities:                    
  Accounts payable   $ 5,044,596   $ 3,518,193   $ 1,134,800  
  Income taxes payable     25,273     216,385      
  Accrued expenses     3,650,621     3,426,938     1,837,036  
  Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings     40,410     47,377     39,471  
   
 
 
 

Total Current Liabilities

 

 

8,760,900

 

 

7,208,893

 

 

3,011,307

 

Deferred income taxes

 

 

103,673

 

 

123,452

 

 

81,241

 
   
 
 
 
Total Liabilities     8,864,573     7,332,345     3,092,548  

Stockholders' Equity:

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

 
  Common stock $.0001 par value, 10,000,000 shares authorized; 9,315,710, 9,098,290 and 8,884,350 issued at 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively     931     909     888  
  Paid-in capital     2,581,284     146,141     75,853  
  Deferred compensation     (1,943,055 )        
  Retained earnings     11,774,536     8,192,827     5,090,134  
  Treasury stock, at cost (134,280, 126,480 and 125,260 shares at 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively)     (80,938 )   (66,684 )   (65,884 )
   
 
 
 
Total Stockholders' Equity     12,332,758     8,273,193     5,100,991  
   
 
 
 

Total Liabilities and Stockholders' Equity

 

$

21,197,331

 

$

15,605,538

 

$

8,193,539

 
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-28



MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION
Statements of Income

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
Contract Revenue:                    
  8(a)   $ 304,109   $ 321,598   $ 810,678  
  Non 8(a)     66,572,416     50,554,000     26,582,947  
   
 
 
 
Total Contract Revenue     66,876,525     50,875,598     27,393,625  
Cost of Operations:                    
  Direct costs     46,337,119     34,391,443     18,050,699  
  Indirect costs     14,069,553     11,515,948     7,277,731  
   
 
 
 
Total Cost of Operations     60,406,672     45,907,391     25,328,430  
   
 
 
 
Income From Operations     6,469,853     4,968,207     2,065,195  
Other Income (Expenses):                    
  Interest income, net     191,457     55,182     42,329  
  Other expenses, net     (236,410 )   (79,938 )   (81,627 )
   
 
 
 
Total Other Expenses     (44,953 )   (24,756 )   (39,298 )
   
 
 
 
Income Before Income Taxes     6,424,900     4,943,451     2,025,897  
Provision for Income Taxes     2,543,191     1,840,758     747,786  
   
 
 
 
Net Income   $ 3,881,709   $ 3,102,693   $ 1,278,111  
   
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-29



MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION
Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity

 
  Common Stock Shares
  Common Stock
  Paid-in
Capital

  Deferred
Compensation

  Retained Earnings
  Treasury Stock
  Total
 
Balance, January 1, 2003   8,699,220   $ 870   $ 31,737   $   $ 3,812,023   $ (208 ) $ 3,844,422  
Net income                   1,278,111         1,278,111  
Issuance of common stock   185,130     18     44,116                 44,134  
Purchase of treasury stock                       (65,676 )   (65,676 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2003   8,884,350     888     75,853         5,090,134     (65,884 )   5,100,991  
Net income                   3,102,693         3,102,693  
Issuance of common stock   213,940     21     70,288                 70,309  
Purchase of treasury stock                       (800 )   (800 )
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2004   9,098,290     909     146,141         8,192,827     (66,684 )   8,273,193  
Net income                   3,881,709         3,881,709  
Dividend                   (300,000 )       (300,000 )
Issuance of common stock   217,420     22     103,477                 103,499  
Purchase of treasury stock                       (14,254 )   (14,254 )
Deferred compensation under stock option plan           2,331,666     (2,331,666 )            
Amortization of deferred compensation               388,611             388,611  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 
Balance, December 31, 2005   9,315,710   $ 931   $ 2,581,284   $ (1,943,055 ) $ 11,774,536   $ (80,938 ) $ 12,332,758  
   
 
 
 
 
 
 
 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-30



MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION
Statements of Cash Flows

 
  Year Ended December 31,
 
 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
Cash Flows From Operating Activities:                    
  Net Income   $ 3,881,709   $ 3,102,693   $ 1,278,111  
  Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash and cash equivalents provided (used) by operating activities:                    
  Depreciation expense     194,121     171,478     159,428  
  Loss on disposal of furniture and equipment             1,047  
  Amortization of deferred compensation     388,611          
  Deferred income taxes     (102,803 )   (57,412 )   (25,693 )
  Change in:                    
    Contracts receivable     (3,882,834 )   (5,071,857 )   752,194  
    Other receivables     (10,735 )   (4,809 )   1,758  
    Income tax payable/ receivable     (191,112 )   316,492     19,939  
    Prepaid expenses     2,625     (30,035 )   4,474  
    Accounts payable     1,526,403     2,383,393     67,923  
    Accrued expenses     223,683     1,589,902     152,132  
    Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings     (6,967 )   7,906     39,471  
   
 
 
 
  Total adjustments     (1,859,008 )   (694,942 )   1,172,673  
   
 
 
 
Net Cash provided by Operating Activities     2,022,701     2,407,751     2,450,784  
   
 
 
 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities:                    
  Purchase of furniture and equipment     (161,709 )   (306,916 )   (106,721 )
  Proceeds from sale of furniture and equipment             500  
   
 
 
 
Net Cash Used by Investing Activities     (161,709 )   (306,916 )   (106,221 )
   
 
 
 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities:                    
  Issuance of common stock     103,499     70,309     44,134  
  Purchase of treasury stock     (14,254 )   (800 )   (65,676 )
  Dividend payments     (300,000 )        
   
 
 
 
Net Cash (Used) Provided by Financing Activities     (210,755 )   69,509     (21,542 )
   
 
 
 
Net Increase in Cash and Cash Equivalents     1,650,237     2,170,344     2,323,021  
Cash and Cash Equivalents, beginning of year     6,953,126     4,782,782     2,459,761  
   
 
 
 
Cash and Cash Equivalents, end of year   $ 8,603,363   $ 6,953,126   $ 4,782,782  
   
 
 
 
Supplemental Information:                    
    Cash paid for:                    
      Income taxes   $ 2,840,087   $ 1,660,047   $ 753,900  

The accompanying notes are an integral part of the financial statements.

F-31



MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION
Notes to Financial Statements

1.    Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

        Nature of Business—Morgan Research Corporation ("Morgan"), a woman-owned small business, was incorporated in Huntsville, Alabama in 1988. Morgan was certified in November 1996 as a Minority Enterprise under Section 8(a) of the Small Business Act of 1958 and primarily provides high technology research and development, engineering, logistics and information technology services to governmental entities as well as industry. Morgan graduated from its 8(a) status in November 2005. Revenues are derived through U.S. government contracts.

        Cash and Cash Equivalents—For purposes of reporting cash flows, Morgan considers all highly liquid debt instruments purchased with an original maturity of three months or less to be cash equivalents.

        Contracts Receivable—Customers are typically the U.S. government, various government agencies and prime contractors under contract with the U.S government. Management considers all contract receivables at year-end to be collectible; and therefore, no allowance for doubtful accounts has been provided.

        Furniture and Equipment—Furniture and equipment are carried at cost less accumulated depreciation. Depreciation is provided on a straight-line basis over the estimated useful life of three to ten years.

        Expenditures for maintenance and repairs are charged to operations as incurred. Expenditures for renewals and betterments are capitalized and written off through depreciation and amortization charges. Property retired or sold is removed from the asset and related accumulated depreciation accounts, and any profit or loss resulting is reflected in the statement of income.

        Billings in Excess of Costs and Estimated Earnings—Billings in excess of costs and estimated earnings on uncompleted contracts consist of amounts for which contract billings have been presented but goods and services required under the contracts or programs have not yet been provided or revenue recognized.

        Revenue Recognition—Revenue on cost-plus-award-fee and cost-plus-fixed-fee contracts is recognized to the extent of reimbursable costs incurred plus a proportionate amount of the fixed or award fee earned. Revenue on fixed-price contracts is recognized on the percentage of completion method based on costs incurred in relation to total estimated costs. Revenue on time and materials contracts is recognized to the extent of fixed billable rates for hours delivered plus reimbursable costs. Provisions for estimated losses on contracts are recognized in the period in which the revisions are determined. Unbilled contracts receivable are stated at estimated realizable value.

        Income Taxes—Income taxes are provided for the tax effects of transactions reported in the financial statements and consist of taxes currently due and deferred taxes. Deferred taxes represent income taxes on income and expenses included in the financial statements, which will not be reported as taxable income or expenses until future periods. Deferred tax asset and liability amounts are recognized for the future tax benefits and liabilities attributable to differences between the financial statement carrying amount and the carrying amount for tax purposes. Deferred tax assets and liabilities are measured using enacted tax rates expected to apply to taxable income in the years in which the differences are expected to be recovered or settled.

        Concentration of Credit Risk—Financial instruments that potentially subject Morgan to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of cash and contracts receivable. Morgan maintains cash

F-32



in accounts with high quality, federally insured financial institutions. At times, the balances in these accounts may be in excess of federally insured limits. Morgan also extends credit to its customers, primarily governmental agencies.

        Substantially all of the Morgan's sales were to U.S. government agencies or to prime contractors under contract with the U.S. government.

        Use of Estimates—Management uses estimates and assumptions in preparing financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America. Those estimates and assumptions affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities, the disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities, and the reported revenues and expenses. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

        Reclassification—Certain reclassifications have been made to the 2004 and 2003 financial statement amounts in order to conform to the 2005 presentation.

        New Accounting Pronouncement—In December 2004, the Financial Accounting Standards Board (FASB) issued Statement of Financial Accounting Standard No. 123 (SFAS 123R), Share-Based Payment. SFAS 123R supercedes APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and amends SFAS No. 95, Statement of Cash Flows. SFAS 123R is effective for private companies in fiscal years beginning after December 15, 2005. This pronouncement requires fair value measurement of share-based payments granted and the recognition of the related compensation costs over the vesting period. In 2005, Morgan used the Black-Scholes Model formula to estimate the fair value of stock options granted to employees, but used the fair value measurement for disclosure purposes only (Note 9). Morgan will adopt SFAS 123R, using the prospective transition method, beginning January 1, 2006. Morgan is currently evaluating the effect of implementing SFAS 123R on the financial statements.

2.    Contracts Receivable

        Contracts receivable as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, are comprised of the following:

 
  2005
  2004
  2003
U.S. Government:                  
  Amounts billed   $ 10,765,229   $ 7,504,589   $ 2,673,591
  Unbilled recoverable costs and estimated earnings     951,699     329,505     88,646
   
 
 
    Total U.S. government   $ 11,716,928   $ 7,834,094   $ 2,762,237
   
 
 

        U.S. government amounts billed include billed amounts for government contracts and subcontracts directly with prime contractors under contract with the U.S government. Unbilled amounts are classified as current assets since substantially all amounts are expected to be realized within one year. Retainage on government contracts that are expected to be collected during the next fiscal year are $51,085, $51,085 and $64,813 as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively, which are included in unbilled recoverable costs and estimated earnings. Costs related to certain contracts are subject to adjustment resulting from negotiation and audit between Morgan and its customers, including representatives of the U.S. government. Revenues for such contracts and the related unbilled receivables have been recorded in amounts that are expected to be realized.

F-33



3.    Concentration of Credit Risk and Major Customers

        In 2005, four contracts represented 30%, 31%, 12% and 10% of total revenues and 11%, 31%, 5% and 30% of total contracts receivable, respectively, at December 31, 2005. In 2004, four contracts represented 10%, 29%, 12% and 11% of total revenues and 6%, 46%, 7% and 4% of total contracts receivable, respectively, at December 31, 2004. In 2003, two contracts represented 59% and 24% of total revenues and 46% and 28% of total contracts receivable, respectively, at December 31, 2003.

4.    Furniture and Equipment

        A summary of furniture and equipment as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, is as follows:

 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
Lab equipment   $ 195,763   $ 148,237   $ 119,830  
Furniture and fixtures     363,698     323,484     275,638  
Computer equipment     1,012,714     940,451     716,459  
Constructed assets     49,104     49,104     49,104  
   
 
 
 
      1,621,279     1,461,276     1,161,031  
Less: Accumulated depreciation     (1,122,851 )   (930,436 )   (765,629 )
   
 
 
 
Furniture and equipment, net   $ 498,428   $ 530,840   $ 395,402  
   
 
 
 

        Depreciation expense for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 totaled $194,121, $171,478 and $159,428, respectively.

5.    Line of Credit

        Morgan has an open revolving line of credit at a local financial institution that permits Morgan to borrow up to $10,000,000, $10,000,000 and $4,000,000 at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively. Interest is payable monthly at the bank's LIBOR rate plus two percentage points at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The line is scheduled to expire on May 16, 2006. The outstanding balance was $0 as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003. The financial institution has a security interest in contracts receivable and equipment. The financial institution requires that Morgan comply with various financial and reporting covenants.

F-34



6.    Income Taxes

        The provision for income taxes consisted of the following for the year ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003:

 
  2005
  2004
  2003
 
Current:                    
  Federal   $ 2,300,651   $ 1,656,231   $ 684,099  
  State     345,344     242,922     93,566  
   
 
 
 
      2,645,995     1,899,153     777,665  
Deferred:                    
  Federal     (90,239 )   (50,390 )   (26,739 )
  State     (12,565 )   (8,005 )   (3,140 )
   
 
 
 
      (102,804 )   (58,395 )   (29,879 )
   
 
 
 
Provision for income taxes   $ 2,543,191   $ 1,840,758   $ 747,786  
   
 
 
 

        Morgan did not record any valuation allowances against deferred tax assets at December 31, 2005, 2004 or 2003. The tax effect of temporary differences that give rise to significant portions of deferred tax assets and liabilities consist of accrued leave, patent expenses, acquisition labor costs and the provision for depreciation.

7.    Operating Leases

        On December 31, 2005, Morgan was obligated under certain operating leases for facilities and equipment. Minimum future rental payments under non-cancelable operating leases having originating terms in excess of one year as of December 31, 2005, are as follows:

2006   $ 349,034
2007     349,711
2008     79,528
2009     19,436
   
Total future minimum lease payments   $ 797,709
   

        Total rent expense under operating lease agreements, including lease agreements with expiration dates of less than one year, for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 was $387,277, $339,670 and $252,770, respectively.

8.    Profit Sharing Plan

        Morgan has established a 401(k) profit sharing plan for all eligible employees. The plan provides for employee contributions ranging from 0% to 60% of their earnings. Employer contributions to the plan are made on a tiered match equal to 100% of the first 3% of the participant's compensation and 50% of the next 2% of the participant's compensation. Morgan expensed a total of $842,337, $627,804 and $412,172 for contributions to the plan for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

F-35



        Morgan may make additional profit sharing contributions to all eligible employees at the discretion of the Board of Directors. Discretionary employer contributions to the plan were $534,496, $536,002 and $357,169 for the years ended December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

9.    Stock Options

        Morgan established a stock option plan for employees at the discretion of the Stock Option Committee of the Board of Directors. Options are exercisable in five equal installments commencing upon the date of grant and expire in successive one-year periods. Stock options were granted at the estimated fair market value of the stock at the date of the grant in 2004 and 2003. The vesting periods range from one to five years of continuous employment from the date of grant. If the employees do not exercise the options prior to the one-year period, then the options are forfeited by the employee. The total number of shares that were available for grant under the plan was 184,700, 467,760 and 645,940 at December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003, respectively.

        In October 1995, the Financial Accounting Standards Board issued Statement No. 123, Accounting for Stock-Based Compensation (SFAS 123), which requires that financial statements include certain disclosures about the stock-based employee compensation and allows, but does not require, a fair value-based method of accounting for such compensation. As allowed under the provisions of Statement No. 123, Morgan has elected to apply APB Opinion No. 25, Accounting for Stock Issued to Employees, and related interpretations in accounting for its stock based plan. Accordingly, no compensation cost has been recognized for its stock option plan in 2004 and 2003. As discussed in Note 10, Morgan sold all of its outstanding stock at a value of $8.53 per share in February 2006. Due to this subsequent event, Morgan recorded compensation expense based on the $8.53 transaction price per share. Accordingly, deferred compensation aggregating $2,331,666 was recorded for the difference between the $8.53 per share value and the exercise price for all options granted in 2005. The deferred compensation is being amortized over the five-year vesting period, which resulted in compensation expense of $388,611 being recognized in 2005.

        For purposes of pro forma disclosures, for the options granted in 2004 and in prior years, the estimated fair value of the stock options is amortized to expense over the options' vesting period. The effects of SFAS No. 123 would have reduced net income to the pro forma amounts indicated below:

 
  2005
  2004
  2003
Net Income:                  
As reported   $ 3,881,709   $ 3,102,693   $ 1,278,111
Pro forma   $ 3,861,350   $ 3,098,716   $ 1,272,349

        In determining the pro forma amount, the value of the options granted is estimated at the grant date using the fair value method prescribed in Statement No. 123, with the following assumptions for grants during 2004: dividend rate of 0%; risk-free interest rate of 3.5%; expected life of 1 to 5 years; and essentially no expected price volatility.

F-36



        Details of the stock options outstanding as of December 31, 2005, 2004 and 2003 are as follows:

 
  Number of Options
  Weighted-Average
Exercise Price

Options outstanding at December 31, 2002   656,940   $ 0.20
Granted   242,000     0.63
Exercised   (185,130 )   0.24
Expired/forfeited   (118,840 )   0.22
   
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2003   594,970     0.36
Granted   194,100     0.66
Exercised   (213,940 )   0.33
Expired/forfeited   (14,700 )   0.51
   
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2004   560,430     0.48
Granted   302,000     0.75
Exercised   (217,420 )   0.48
Expired/forfeited   (11,140 )   0.43
   
 
Options outstanding at December 31, 2005   633,870   $ 0.61
   
 
Options Outstanding
  Options Exercisable
Range of Exercise
Prices

  Number of
Shares

  Weighted-Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

  Number of
Shares

  Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

$0.16–0.75   633,870   3.13 years   $ 0.61   126,450   $ 0.45

10.    Subsequent Events

        In February 2006, all of Morgan's outstanding stock was acquired by Stanley, Inc. for a share price of $8.53.

F-37




                    Shares

Stanley, Inc.

Common Stock

LOGO


P R O S P E C T U S

                        , 2006


Citigroup

Wachovia Securities

Raymond James

Cowen and Company

Stifel Nicolaus





PART II
INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS

Item 13.    Other Expenses of Issuance and Distribution.

        The following table sets forth the expenses (other than underwriting compensation expected to be incurred) in connection with this offering. All of such amounts (except the SEC registration fee and NASD filing fee) are estimated.

SEC registration fee   $ 13,910.00
Listing fee     *
NASD filing fee     13,500.00
Blue Sky fees and expenses     *
Printing and engraving costs     *
Legal fees and expenses     *
Accounting fees and expenses     *
Transfer Agent and Registrar fees and expenses     *
Miscellaneous     *
  Total     *

*
To be provided by amendment

Item 14.    Indemnification of Directors and Officers.

        Section 145(a) of the Delaware General Corporation Law (the "DGCL") provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any officer or director who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding (other than an action by or in the right of the corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a director or officer of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director or officer of another entity, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgments, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and, with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful.

        Section 145(b) of the DGCL provides in relevant part that a corporation may indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the corporation to procure a judgment in its favor by reason of the fact that the person is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by the person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if the person acted in good faith and in a manner the person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the corporation and except that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable to the corporation unless and only to the extent that the Court of Chancery or the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite the adjudication of liability but in view of all the circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses which the Court of Chancery or such other court shall deem proper.

        Our bylaws generally provide that we will indemnify our directors and officers to the fullest extent permitted by law.

II-1



        We also obtained officers' and directors' liability insurance which insures against liabilities that officers and directors of the registrant may, in such capacities, incur. Section 145(g) of the DGCL provides that a corporation shall have power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director, officer, employee or agent of the corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the corporation as a director, officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred by such person in any such capacity, or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability under that section.

        Section                        of the Underwriting Agreement, to be filed as Exhibit 1.1, provides that the Underwriters named therein will indemnify us and hold us harmless and each of our directors, officers or controlling persons from and against certain liabilities, including liabilities under the Securities Act. Section                        of the Underwriting Agreement also provides that such Underwriters will contribute to certain liabilities of such persons under the Securities Act.

Item 15.    Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities.

        The following information relates to all securities issued or sold by us within the past three years and not registered under the Securities Act. The issuance of shares to our Employee Stock Ownership Plan (the "ESOP") did not constitute sales within the meaning of the Securities Act. Each of the other transactions described below were conducted in reliance upon the exemptions from registration provided in Rule 701 promulgated under Section 3(b) of the Securities Act and/or Section 4(2) of the Securities Act and the rules and regulations promulgated thereunder. There were no underwriters employed in connection with any of the transactions set forth in this Item 15.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, five employees exercised options to purchase 2,424 shares of the Company's common stock at an aggregate exercise price of $61,904.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, 18 employees exercised options to purchase 4,210 shares of the Company's common stock at an aggregate exercise price of $222,471.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, 16 employees exercised options to purchase 3,634 shares of the Company's common stock at an aggregate exercise price of $112,745.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, 2 employees exercised options to purchase 1,620 shares of the Company's common stock at an aggregate exercise price of $84,072.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, the Company issued an aggregate of 5,000 shares of the Company's common stock to the ESOP as a contribution.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, the Company issued an aggregate of 7,500 shares of the Company's common stock to the ESOP as a contribution.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 10,000 shares of the Company's common stock to the ESOP as a contribution.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2004, the Company issued an aggregate of 31,340 shares of the Company's common stock to a trust for the benefit of 13 employees.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Company issued an aggregate of 13,950 shares of the Company's common stock to a trust for the benefit of 14 employees.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2005, the Company issued and sold to two members of the Company's board of directors an aggregate of 1,578 shares of the Company's common stock at a per share price of $126.70 for an aggregate purchase price of $199,933.

II-2



        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Company issued and sold to three members of the Company's board of directors an aggregate of 1,360 shares of the Company's common stock at a per share price of $165.04 for an aggregate purchase price of $224,454.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2007, the Company issued and sold to one of our executive officers 725 shares of the Company's common stock at a per share price of $196.90 for an aggregate purchase price of $142,753.

        During the fiscal year ended March 31, 2006, the Company issued to four members of the Company's board of directors an aggregate of 773 shares of the Company's common stock.

Item 16.        Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedule.

    (a)
    Exhibits

Exhibit
Number

  Description
1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1

*

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Stanley, Inc.

3.3

*

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Stanley, Inc.

4.1

*

Specimen Stock Certificate.

5.1

*

Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.

10.1

*

1995 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended as of October 11, 2001.

10.2

*

Stockholders' Agreement, as Amended as of October 1, 2000.

10.3

*

Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan, as of January 30, 2002.

10.4

*

Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan Trust, as of March 5, 2004.

10.5

*

Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust Agreement, as Amended and Restated as of April 1, 2001.

10.6

*

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated March 20, 2006, between the Company and Brian J. Clark.

10.7

*

Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2006, among Stanley, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders From Time to Time Party Hereto, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

10.8

*

Security Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2006, among Stanley, Inc., as Borrower, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower Party Hereto, as Grantors, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

10.9

*

Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2006, among the Subsidiaries of Stanley, Inc. Listed on Schedule I Hereto, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

21.1

*

List of subsidiaries of Stanley, Inc.

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2

 

Consent of Beason & Nalley, Inc.

23.3

*

Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).
     

II-3



24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-4


    (b)
    Financial Statement Schedule.

Item 17. Undertakings.

        The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes as follows:

    (1)
    The undersigned will provide to the underwriters at the closing specified in the underwriting agreement certificates in such denominations and registered in such names as required by the underwriters to permit prompt delivery to each purchaser.

    (2)
    For purposes of determining any liability under the Securities Act, the information omitted from the form of prospectus filed as part of this registration statement in reliance upon Rule 430A and contained in a form of prospectus filed by the registrant pursuant to Rule 424(b)(1) or (4) or 497(h) under the Securities Act shall be deemed to be part of this registration statement as of the time it is declared effective.

        Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the provisions described in Item 14 or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Securities Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

II-5



SIGNATURES

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant has duly caused this Registration Statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned, thereunto duly authorized, in the city of Arlington, state of Virginia, on the 12th day of May, 2006.

 
   
   
   
    STANLEY, INC.

 

 

By:

 

/s/  
PHILIP O. NOLAN      
        Name:   Philip O. Nolan
        Title:   President and Chief Executive Officer


POWER OF ATTORNEY

        We, the undersigned directors and officers of Stanley, Inc., do hereby constitute and appoint Philip O. Nolan, George H. Wilson and William E. Karlson, or any of them, our true and lawful attorneys and agents, with full power of substitution, to do any and all acts and things in our name and on our behalf in our capacities as directors and officers and to execute any and all instruments for us and in our names in the capacities indicated below, which said attorneys and agents, or any of them, may deem necessary or advisable to enable said registrant to comply with the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and any rules, regulations and requirements of the Securities and Exchange Commission, in connection with this Registration Statement, including specifically, but without limitation, power and authority to sign for us or any of us in our names in the capacities indicated below, any and all amendments (including post-effective amendments and any related registration statement pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended) hereto and we do hereby ratify and confirm that said attorneys and agents, or any of them, shall do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

        Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following persons in the capacities indicated on the 12th day of May, 2006.

Signature
  Title

 

 

 
/s/  PHILIP O. NOLAN      
Philip O. Nolan
  President, Chief Executive Officer and Director
(Principal Executive Officer)

/s/  
BRIAN J. CLARK      
Brian J. Clark

 

Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial and Accounting Officer)

/s/  
GEORGE H. WILSON      
George H. Wilson

 

Executive Vice President for Strategic Operations
and Director

/s/  
WILLIAM E. KARLSON      
William E. Karlson

 

Senior Vice President, Outsourcing Solutions and Director
     

II-6



/s/  
LAWRENCE A. GALLAGHER      
Lawrence A. Gallagher

 

Chairman and Director

/s/  
JAMES C. HUGHES      
James C. Hughes

 

Director

/s/  
JOHN P. RICEMAN      
John P. Riceman

 

Director


General Jimmy D. Ross, USA (Ret.)

 

Director

/s/  
LT. GENERAL RICHARD L. KELLY, USMC (Ret.)      
Lt. General Richard L. Kelly, USMC (Ret.)

 

Director

II-7



EXHIBIT INDEX

Exhibit
Number

  Description
1.1 * Form of Underwriting Agreement.

3.1

*

Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation of Stanley, Inc.

3.3

*

Amended and Restated Bylaws of Stanley, Inc.

4.1

*

Specimen Stock Certificate.

5.1

*

Opinion of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP.

10.1

*

1995 Stock Incentive Plan, as Amended as of October 11, 2001.

10.2

*

Stockholders' Agreement, as Amended as of October 1, 2000.

10.3

*

Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan, as of January 30, 2002.

10.4

*

Executive Deferred Compensation and Equity Incentive Plan Trust, as of March 5, 2004.

10.5

*

Employee Stock Ownership Plan and Trust Agreement, as Amended and Restated as of
April 1, 2001.

10.6

*

Change in Control and Severance Agreement, dated March 20, 2006, between the Company and Brian J. Clark.

10.7

*

Revolving Credit and Term Loan Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2006, among Stanley, Inc., as Borrower, the Lenders From Time to Time Party Hereto, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

10.8

*

Security Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2006, among Stanley, Inc., as Borrower, the Subsidiaries of the Borrower Party Hereto, as Grantors, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

10.9

*

Subsidiary Guaranty Agreement, dated as of February 16, 2006, among the Subsidiaries of Stanley, Inc. Listed on Schedule I Hereto, and SunTrust Bank, as Administrative Agent.

21.1

*

List of subsidiaries of Stanley, Inc.

23.1

 

Consent of Deloitte & Touche LLP

23.2

 

Consent of Beason & Nalley, Inc.

23.3

*

Consent of Cravath, Swaine & Moore LLP (contained in Exhibit 5.1).

24.1

 

Powers of Attorney (included on signature page).

*
To be filed by amendment.

II-8



REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

Board of Directors
Stanley, Inc. and Subsidiaries

        We have audited the consolidated financial statements of Stanley, Inc. and Subsidiaries (the "Company") as of March 31, 2004 and 2005, and for each of the three years in the period ended March 31, 2005, and have issued our report thereon dated July 12, 2005 (included elsewhere in this Registration Statement). Our audits also included the financial statement schedule listed in Item 16(b) of this Registration Statement. This financial statement schedule is the responsibility of the Company's management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion based on our audits. In our opinion, such financial statement schedule, when considered in relation to the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in all material respects the information set forth therein.

/s/  DELOITTE & TOUCHE LLP    
McLean, Virginia
July 12, 2005

S-1



STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES
Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts
(in thousands)


Allowance for Doubtful Accounts

 
  Balance at
beginning of
period

  Charged to
costs and
expenses

  Acquired in
business
combinations

  Deductions
  Balance at
end of
period

2003   500   112     18   630
2004   630   (109 ) 178     699
2005   699   148       847

S-2




QuickLinks

TABLE OF CONTENTS
SUMMARY
Our Company
Our Market Opportunity
Our Competitive Strengths
Our Strategy
Government Contracting
The Offering
Summary Historical and Pro Forma Financial Data
RISK FACTORS
FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS
INDUSTRY AND MARKET DATA
USE OF PROCEEDS
DIVIDEND POLICY
CAPITALIZATION
DILUTION
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA FINANCIAL DATA
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME For the Twelve-Month Period Ended March 31, 2005
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA STATEMENT OF INCOME For the Nine-Month Period Ended December 31, 2005
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Statements of Income
UNAUDITED PRO FORMA BALANCE SHEET As of December 31, 2005
Notes to the Unaudited Pro Forma Balance Sheet
SELECTED HISTORICAL FINANCIAL DATA
MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF OPERATIONS
BUSINESS
GOVERNMENT CONTRACTING AND REGULATIONS
MANAGEMENT
Summary Compensation Table
Option/SAR Grants in Last Fiscal Year
Aggregated Option/SAR Exercises in Last Fiscal Year and Fiscal Year-End Option/SAR Values
CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS
PRINCIPAL AND SELLING STOCKHOLDERS
DESCRIPTION OF CAPITAL STOCK
DESCRIPTION OF CERTAIN INDEBTEDNESS
SHARES ELIGIBLE FOR FUTURE SALE
MATERIAL UNITED STATES FEDERAL INCOME AND ESTATE TAX CONSEQUENCES FOR NON-U.S. STOCKHOLDERS
UNDERWRITING
LEGAL MATTERS
EXPERTS
WHERE YOU CAN FIND MORE INFORMATION
INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm
STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Income (in thousands, except share and per share amounts)
STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Balance Sheets (in thousands, except share amounts)
STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (in thousands)
STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity (Continued) (in thousands)
STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (in thousands)
STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows (Continued) (in thousands)
STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (in thousands, except share and per share data, or as otherwise noted)
Independent Auditor's Report
MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION Balance Sheets
MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION Statements of Income
MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION Statements of Changes in Stockholders' Equity
MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION Statements of Cash Flows
MORGAN RESEARCH CORPORATION Notes to Financial Statements
PART II INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN PROSPECTUS
SIGNATURES
POWER OF ATTORNEY
EXHIBIT INDEX
STANLEY, INC. AND SUBSIDIARIES Schedule II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts (in thousands)
Allowance for Doubtful Accounts